ETH Price: $2,628.63 (+7.98%)
 

Overview

ETH Balance

0 ETH

Eth Value

$0.00

Multichain Info

No addresses found
Transaction Hash
Method
Block
From
To
Set Approval For...206114332024-08-26 7:59:5972 days ago1724659199IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000094941.28204694
Set Approval For...206112992024-08-26 7:33:1172 days ago1724657591IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000090491.22185665
Set Approval For...206112602024-08-26 7:25:1172 days ago1724657111IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000060520.8171893
Set Approval For...206112522024-08-26 7:23:3572 days ago1724657015IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000063480.85821957
Set Approval For...206111042024-08-26 6:53:5972 days ago1724655239IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000096041.29683285
Transfer From199964602024-06-01 10:46:23158 days ago1717238783IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000577787.35
Safe Transfer Fr...193602882024-03-04 7:24:59247 days ago1709537099IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.004467554.7689316
Set Approval For...184049032023-10-22 9:19:47381 days ago1697966387IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000521427.04845019
Set Approval For...184048292023-10-22 9:04:47381 days ago1697965487IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000561977.59661228
Set Approval For...183746082023-10-18 3:37:47385 days ago1697600267IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000522197.05886655
Set Approval For...183743222023-10-18 2:40:35385 days ago1697596835IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000491766.6475405
Set Approval For...183504012023-10-14 18:27:11388 days ago1697308031IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000398065.3809343
Set Approval For...183503412023-10-14 18:14:59388 days ago1697307299IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000562437.59415333
Set Approval For...183503242023-10-14 18:11:23388 days ago1697307083IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000457746.18770005
Set Approval For...183502152023-10-14 17:49:35388 days ago1697305775IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000368914.98691094
Set Approval For...183405872023-10-13 9:30:11390 days ago1697189411IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000461866.24337594
Set Approval For...183391902023-10-13 4:48:35390 days ago1697172515IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.00039185.2963513
Set Approval For...183380832023-10-13 1:03:47390 days ago1697159027IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000485396.56140353
Set Approval For...183259112023-10-11 8:08:23392 days ago1697011703IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000506626.84059635
Set Approval For...183220922023-10-10 19:18:11392 days ago1696965491IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000644748.71546288
Safe Transfer Fr...183191972023-10-10 9:35:47393 days ago1696930547IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000807156.41429004
Safe Transfer Fr...183191922023-10-10 9:34:47393 days ago1696930487IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.003154845.95099923
Safe Transfer Fr...183191892023-10-10 9:34:11393 days ago1696930451IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.001634235.37512419
Safe Transfer Fr...183191862023-10-10 9:33:35393 days ago1696930415IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.000900135.66701718
Safe Transfer Fr...183191802023-10-10 9:32:23393 days ago1696930343IN
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0 ETH0.001925415.40354672
View all transactions

Latest 1 internal transaction

Advanced mode:
Parent Transaction Hash Block From To
182200972023-09-26 12:57:47406 days ago1695733067
0x630dC453...C3811F042
0.0707 ETH
Loading...
Loading

Contract Source Code Verified (Exact Match)

Contract Name:
Emptybot

Compiler Version
v0.8.18+commit.87f61d96

Optimization Enabled:
Yes with 10000 runs

Other Settings:
default evmVersion, MIT license
File 1 of 66 : Emptybot.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;






// 
// ███████╗███╗   ███╗██████╗ ████████╗██╗   ██╗██████╗  ██████╗ ████████╗
// ██╔════╝████╗ ████║██╔══██╗╚══██╔══╝╚██╗ ██╔╝██╔══██╗██╔═══██╗╚══██╔══╝
// █████╗  ██╔████╔██║██████╔╝   ██║    ╚████╔╝ ██████╔╝██║   ██║   ██║   
// ██╔══╝  ██║╚██╔╝██║██╔═══╝    ██║     ╚██╔╝  ██╔══██╗██║   ██║   ██║   
// ███████╗██║ ╚═╝ ██║██║        ██║      ██║   ██████╔╝╚██████╔╝   ██║   
// ╚══════╝╚═╝     ╚═╝╚═╝        ╚═╝      ╚═╝   ╚═════╝  ╚═════╝    ╚═╝   
//                                                                        
// Emptybot - generated with HeyMint.xyz Launchpad - https://nft-launchpad.heymint.xyz
// 








import {StorageSlot} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/StorageSlot.sol";
import {IAddressRelay} from "./interfaces/IAddressRelay.sol";
import {BaseConfig} from "./libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";

contract Emptybot {
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT =
        0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    bytes32 internal constant _ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT =
        keccak256("heymint.launchpad.addressRelay");

    /**
     * @notice Initializes the child contract with the base implementation address and the configuration settings
     * @param _name The name of the NFT
     * @param _symbol The symbol of the NFT
     * @param _baseConfig Base configuration settings
     */
    constructor(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        address _addressRelay,
        address _implementation,
        BaseConfig memory _baseConfig
    ) {
        StorageSlot
            .getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT)
            .value = _implementation;
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value = _addressRelay;
        IAddressRelay addressRelay = IAddressRelay(
            StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value
        );
        address implContract = addressRelay.fallbackImplAddress();
        (bool success, ) = implContract.delegatecall(
            abi.encodeWithSelector(0x35a825b0, _name, _symbol, _baseConfig)
        );
        require(success);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to nftImplementation
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site - it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    fallback() external payable {
        IAddressRelay addressRelay = IAddressRelay(
            StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADDRESS_RELAY_SLOT).value
        );
        address implContract = addressRelay.getImplAddress(msg.sig);

        assembly {
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            let result := delegatecall(
                gas(),
                implContract,
                0,
                calldatasize(),
                0,
                0
            )
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }

    receive() external payable {}
}

File 2 of 66 : OwnableUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

File 3 of 66 : IERC2981Upgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}

File 4 of 66 : Initializable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.1) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.2;

import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;

    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;

    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}

File 5 of 66 : PausableUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);

    bool private _paused;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    function __Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _paused = false;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

File 6 of 66 : ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.

    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;

    uint256 private _status;

    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }

    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");

        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
    }

    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

File 7 of 66 : AddressUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.1;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.

        return account.code.length > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}

File 8 of 66 : ContextUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

File 9 of 66 : ECDSAUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../StringsUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
 *
 * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
 * of the private keys of a given address.
 */
library ECDSAUpgradeable {
    enum RecoverError {
        NoError,
        InvalidSignature,
        InvalidSignatureLength,
        InvalidSignatureS,
        InvalidSignatureV // Deprecated in v4.8
    }

    function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
        if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
            return; // no error: do nothing
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     *
     * Documentation for signature generation:
     * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
     * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        if (signature.length == 65) {
            bytes32 r;
            bytes32 s;
            uint8 v;
            // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
            // currently is to use assembly.
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
            }
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        } else {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
        uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
        return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.2._
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
        // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
        // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
        // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
        //
        // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
        // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
        // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
        // these malleable signatures as well.
        if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
        }

        // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        if (signer == address(0)) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
        }

        return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        // 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
        // enforced by the type signature above
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32", hash));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n", StringsUpgradeable.toString(s.length), s));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
     * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
     * to the one signed with the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
    }
}

File 10 of 66 : MerkleProofUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
 *
 * The tree and the proofs can be generated using our
 * https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library].
 * You will find a quickstart guide in the readme.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 * OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates merkle trees that are safe
 * against this attack out of the box.
 */
library MerkleProofUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {verify}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function verifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a merkle tree defined by
     * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction
     * proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another
     * leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false
     * respectively.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree
     * is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the
     * tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer).
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProof(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;

        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");

        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }

        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProofCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;

        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");

        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }

        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }

    function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
        return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
    }

    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}

File 11 of 66 : IERC165Upgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

File 12 of 66 : MathUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library MathUpgradeable {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }

            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }

            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);

            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////

            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)

                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }

            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.

            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)

                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)

                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }

            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;

            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;

            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256

            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);

        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}

File 13 of 66 : StringsUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = MathUpgradeable.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, MathUpgradeable.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}

File 14 of 66 : Ownable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/Context.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}

File 15 of 66 : IERC2981.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}

File 16 of 66 : Pausable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/Context.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract Pausable is Context {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);

    bool private _paused;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    constructor() {
        _paused = false;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
}

File 17 of 66 : ReentrancyGuard.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.

    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;

    uint256 private _status;

    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }

    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");

        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
    }

    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}

File 18 of 66 : ERC2981.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }

    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];

        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }

        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();

        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");

        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");

        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
}

File 19 of 66 : ERC1155.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC1155/ERC1155.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC1155.sol";
import "./IERC1155Receiver.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the basic standard multi-token.
 * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155
 * Originally based on code by Enjin: https://github.com/enjin/erc-1155
 *
 * _Available since v3.1._
 */
contract ERC1155 is Context, ERC165, IERC1155, IERC1155MetadataURI {
    using Address for address;

    // Mapping from token ID to account balances
    mapping(uint256 => mapping(address => uint256)) private _balances;

    // Mapping from account to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;

    // Used as the URI for all token types by relying on ID substitution, e.g. https://token-cdn-domain/{id}.json
    string private _uri;

    /**
     * @dev See {_setURI}.
     */
    constructor(string memory uri_) {
        _setURI(uri_);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC1155).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC1155MetadataURI).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     *
     * This implementation returns the same URI for *all* token types. It relies
     * on the token type ID substitution mechanism
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
     *
     * Clients calling this function must replace the `\{id\}` substring with the
     * actual token type ID.
     */
    function uri(uint256) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _uri;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOf}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(account != address(0), "ERC1155: address zero is not a valid owner");
        return _balances[id][account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOfBatch}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(address[] memory accounts, uint256[] memory ids)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (uint256[] memory)
    {
        require(accounts.length == ids.length, "ERC1155: accounts and ids length mismatch");

        uint256[] memory batchBalances = new uint256[](accounts.length);

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < accounts.length; ++i) {
            batchBalances[i] = balanceOf(accounts[i], ids[i]);
        }

        return batchBalances;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[account][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(
            from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()),
            "ERC1155: caller is not token owner or approved"
        );
        _safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, amount, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-safeBatchTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(
            from == _msgSender() || isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()),
            "ERC1155: caller is not token owner or approved"
        );
        _safeBatchTransferFrom(from, to, ids, amounts, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address");

        address operator = _msgSender();
        uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
        uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);

        uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
        require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer");
        unchecked {
            _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
        }
        _balances[id][to] += amount;

        emit TransferSingle(operator, from, to, id, amount);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);

        _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, id, amount, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");
        require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: transfer to the zero address");

        address operator = _msgSender();

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
            uint256 id = ids[i];
            uint256 amount = amounts[i];

            uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
            require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: insufficient balance for transfer");
            unchecked {
                _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
            }
            _balances[id][to] += amount;
        }

        emit TransferBatch(operator, from, to, ids, amounts);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);

        _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets a new URI for all token types, by relying on the token type ID
     * substitution mechanism
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
     *
     * By this mechanism, any occurrence of the `\{id\}` substring in either the
     * URI or any of the amounts in the JSON file at said URI will be replaced by
     * clients with the token type ID.
     *
     * For example, the `https://token-cdn-domain/\{id\}.json` URI would be
     * interpreted by clients as
     * `https://token-cdn-domain/000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004cce0.json`
     * for token type ID 0x4cce0.
     *
     * See {uri}.
     *
     * Because these URIs cannot be meaningfully represented by the {URI} event,
     * this function emits no events.
     */
    function _setURI(string memory newuri) internal virtual {
        _uri = newuri;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Creates `amount` tokens of token type `id`, and assigns them to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _mint(
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address");

        address operator = _msgSender();
        uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
        uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);

        _balances[id][to] += amount;
        emit TransferSingle(operator, address(0), to, id, amount);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);

        _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, id, amount, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _mintBatch(
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC1155: mint to the zero address");
        require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");

        address operator = _msgSender();

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
            _balances[ids[i]][to] += amounts[i];
        }

        emit TransferBatch(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);

        _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, address(0), to, ids, amounts, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from`
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have at least `amount` tokens of token type `id`.
     */
    function _burn(
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address");

        address operator = _msgSender();
        uint256[] memory ids = _asSingletonArray(id);
        uint256[] memory amounts = _asSingletonArray(amount);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");

        uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
        require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance");
        unchecked {
            _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
        }

        emit TransferSingle(operator, from, address(0), id, amount);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_burn}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
     */
    function _burnBatch(
        address from,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts
    ) internal virtual {
        require(from != address(0), "ERC1155: burn from the zero address");
        require(ids.length == amounts.length, "ERC1155: ids and amounts length mismatch");

        address operator = _msgSender();

        _beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
            uint256 id = ids[i];
            uint256 amount = amounts[i];

            uint256 fromBalance = _balances[id][from];
            require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds balance");
            unchecked {
                _balances[id][from] = fromBalance - amount;
            }
        }

        emit TransferBatch(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts);

        _afterTokenTransfer(operator, from, address(0), ids, amounts, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC1155: setting approval status for self");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning, as well as batched variants.
     *
     * The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single
     * transfers, the length of the `ids` and `amounts` arrays will be 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair):
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
     * of token type `id` will be  transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted
     * for `to`.
     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id`
     * will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning, as well as batched variants.
     *
     * The same hook is called on both single and batched variants. For single
     * transfers, the length of the `id` and `amount` arrays will be 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions (for each `id` and `amount` pair):
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
     * of token type `id` will be  transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `amount` tokens of token type `id` will be minted
     * for `to`.
     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens of token type `id`
     * will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `ids` and `amounts` have the same, non-zero length.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {}

    function _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) private {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC1155Receiver(to).onERC1155Received(operator, from, id, amount, data) returns (bytes4 response) {
                if (response != IERC1155Receiver.onERC1155Received.selector) {
                    revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens");
                }
            } catch Error(string memory reason) {
                revert(reason);
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1155: transfer to non-ERC1155Receiver implementer");
            }
        }
    }

    function _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) private {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC1155Receiver(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(operator, from, ids, amounts, data) returns (
                bytes4 response
            ) {
                if (response != IERC1155Receiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector) {
                    revert("ERC1155: ERC1155Receiver rejected tokens");
                }
            } catch Error(string memory reason) {
                revert(reason);
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1155: transfer to non-ERC1155Receiver implementer");
            }
        }
    }

    function _asSingletonArray(uint256 element) private pure returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256[] memory array = new uint256[](1);
        array[0] = element;

        return array;
    }
}

File 20 of 66 : ERC1155Supply.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC1155.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of ERC1155 that adds tracking of total supply per id.
 *
 * Useful for scenarios where Fungible and Non-fungible tokens have to be
 * clearly identified. Note: While a totalSupply of 1 might mean the
 * corresponding is an NFT, there is no guarantees that no other token with the
 * same id are not going to be minted.
 */
abstract contract ERC1155Supply is ERC1155 {
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _totalSupply;

    /**
     * @dev Total amount of tokens in with a given id.
     */
    function totalSupply(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _totalSupply[id];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Indicates whether any token exist with a given id, or not.
     */
    function exists(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return ERC1155Supply.totalSupply(id) > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC1155-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual override {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);

        if (from == address(0)) {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
                _totalSupply[ids[i]] += amounts[i];
            }
        }

        if (to == address(0)) {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
                uint256 id = ids[i];
                uint256 amount = amounts[i];
                uint256 supply = _totalSupply[id];
                require(supply >= amount, "ERC1155: burn amount exceeds totalSupply");
                unchecked {
                    _totalSupply[id] = supply - amount;
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

File 21 of 66 : IERC1155MetadataURI.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC1155/extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../IERC1155.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface of the optional ERC1155MetadataExtension interface, as defined
 * in the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[EIP].
 *
 * _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155MetadataURI is IERC1155 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the URI for token type `id`.
     *
     * If the `\{id\}` substring is present in the URI, it must be replaced by
     * clients with the actual token type ID.
     */
    function uri(uint256 id) external view returns (string memory);
}

File 22 of 66 : IERC1155.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
 *
 * _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens of token type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
     */
    event TransferSingle(address indexed operator, address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 id, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
     * transfers.
     */
    event TransferBatch(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256[] ids,
        uint256[] values
    );

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
     * `approved`.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed account, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
     *
     * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
     * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     */
    event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata accounts, uint256[] calldata ids)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be the caller.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `amount` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `amount`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `amounts` must have the same length.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}

File 23 of 66 : IERC1155Receiver.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev _Available since v3.1._
 */
interface IERC1155Receiver is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
     * called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
     *
     * NOTE: To accept the transfer, this must return
     * `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
     * (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
     *
     * @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
     * @param from The address which previously owned the token
     * @param id The ID of the token being transferred
     * @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
     * @param data Additional data with no specified format
     * @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
     */
    function onERC1155Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);

    /**
     * @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
     * is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
     * been updated.
     *
     * NOTE: To accept the transfer(s), this must return
     * `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
     * (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
     *
     * @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
     * @param from The address which previously owned the token
     * @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
     * @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
     * @param data Additional data with no specified format
     * @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
     */
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}

File 24 of 66 : ERC721.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.2) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
 */
contract ERC721 is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    using Address for address;
    using Strings for uint256;

    // Token name
    string private _name;

    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;

    // Mapping from token ID to owner address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _owners;

    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;

    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;

    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner");
        return _balances[owner];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        address owner = _ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
        return owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);

        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length > 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
    }

    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");

        require(
            _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner or approved for all"
        );

        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);

        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");

        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId`. Does NOT revert if token doesn't exist
     */
    function _ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owners[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _ownerOf(tokenId) != address(0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1);

        // Check that tokenId was not minted by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");

        unchecked {
            // Will not overflow unless all 2**256 token ids are minted to the same owner.
            // Given that tokens are minted one by one, it is impossible in practice that
            // this ever happens. Might change if we allow batch minting.
            // The ERC fails to describe this case.
            _balances[to] += 1;
        }

        _owners[tokenId] = to;

        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     * This is an internal function that does not check if the sender is authorized to operate on the token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1);

        // Update ownership in case tokenId was transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);

        // Clear approvals
        delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];

        unchecked {
            // Cannot overflow, as that would require more tokens to be burned/transferred
            // out than the owner initially received through minting and transferring in.
            _balances[owner] -= 1;
        }
        delete _owners[tokenId];

        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {
        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1);

        // Check that tokenId was not transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");

        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];

        unchecked {
            // `_balances[from]` cannot overflow for the same reason as described in `_burn`:
            // `from`'s balance is the number of token held, which is at least one before the current
            // transfer.
            // `_balances[to]` could overflow in the conditions described in `_mint`. That would require
            // all 2**256 token ids to be minted, which in practice is impossible.
            _balances[from] -= 1;
            _balances[to] += 1;
        }
        _owners[tokenId] = to;

        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
     */
    function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert("ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            return true;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
     * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens will be transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, the tokens will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `batchSize` is non-zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
     * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens were transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, the tokens were minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens were burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `batchSize` is non-zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Unsafe write access to the balances, used by extensions that "mint" tokens using an {ownerOf} override.
     *
     * WARNING: Anyone calling this MUST ensure that the balances remain consistent with the ownership. The invariant
     * being that for any address `a` the value returned by `balanceOf(a)` must be equal to the number of tokens such
     * that `ownerOf(tokenId)` is `a`.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __unsafe_increaseBalance(address account, uint256 amount) internal {
        _balances[account] += amount;
    }
}

File 25 of 66 : ERC721Enumerable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Enumerable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This implements an optional extension of {ERC721} defined in the EIP that adds
 * enumerability of all the token ids in the contract as well as all token ids owned by each
 * account.
 */
abstract contract ERC721Enumerable is ERC721, IERC721Enumerable {
    // Mapping from owner to list of owned token IDs
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) private _ownedTokens;

    // Mapping from token ID to index of the owner tokens list
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _ownedTokensIndex;

    // Array with all token ids, used for enumeration
    uint256[] private _allTokens;

    // Mapping from token id to position in the allTokens array
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _allTokensIndex;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC721) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC721Enumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenOfOwnerByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(index < ERC721.balanceOf(owner), "ERC721Enumerable: owner index out of bounds");
        return _ownedTokens[owner][index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _allTokens.length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(index < ERC721Enumerable.totalSupply(), "ERC721Enumerable: global index out of bounds");
        return _allTokens[index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual override {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, firstTokenId, batchSize);

        if (batchSize > 1) {
            // Will only trigger during construction. Batch transferring (minting) is not available afterwards.
            revert("ERC721Enumerable: consecutive transfers not supported");
        }

        uint256 tokenId = firstTokenId;

        if (from == address(0)) {
            _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
        } else if (from != to) {
            _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(from, tokenId);
        }
        if (to == address(0)) {
            _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
        } else if (to != from) {
            _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(to, tokenId);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's ownership-tracking data structures.
     * @param to address representing the new owner of the given token ID
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list of the given address
     */
    function _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(address to, uint256 tokenId) private {
        uint256 length = ERC721.balanceOf(to);
        _ownedTokens[to][length] = tokenId;
        _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId] = length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's token tracking data structures.
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list
     */
    function _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
        _allTokensIndex[tokenId] = _allTokens.length;
        _allTokens.push(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's ownership-tracking data structures. Note that
     * while the token is not assigned a new owner, the `_ownedTokensIndex` mapping is _not_ updated: this allows for
     * gas optimizations e.g. when performing a transfer operation (avoiding double writes).
     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _ownedTokens array.
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list of the given address
     */
    function _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(address from, uint256 tokenId) private {
        // To prevent a gap in from's tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).

        uint256 lastTokenIndex = ERC721.balanceOf(from) - 1;
        uint256 tokenIndex = _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];

        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary
        if (tokenIndex != lastTokenIndex) {
            uint256 lastTokenId = _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];

            _ownedTokens[from][tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
            _ownedTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index
        }

        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
        delete _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];
        delete _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's token tracking data structures.
     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _allTokens array.
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list
     */
    function _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
        // To prevent a gap in the tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).

        uint256 lastTokenIndex = _allTokens.length - 1;
        uint256 tokenIndex = _allTokensIndex[tokenId];

        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs so
        // rarely (when the last minted token is burnt) that we still do the swap here to avoid the gas cost of adding
        // an 'if' statement (like in _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration)
        uint256 lastTokenId = _allTokens[lastTokenIndex];

        _allTokens[tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
        _allTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index

        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
        delete _allTokensIndex[tokenId];
        _allTokens.pop();
    }
}

File 26 of 66 : IERC721Enumerable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../IERC721.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
     * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
     * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
}

File 27 of 66 : IERC721Metadata.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../IERC721.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}

File 28 of 66 : IERC721.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}

File 29 of 66 : IERC721Receiver.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}

File 30 of 66 : Address.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.1;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.

        return account.code.length > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}

File 31 of 66 : Context.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

File 32 of 66 : Counters.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Counters.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @title Counters
 * @author Matt Condon (@shrugs)
 * @dev Provides counters that can only be incremented, decremented or reset. This can be used e.g. to track the number
 * of elements in a mapping, issuing ERC721 ids, or counting request ids.
 *
 * Include with `using Counters for Counters.Counter;`
 */
library Counters {
    struct Counter {
        // This variable should never be directly accessed by users of the library: interactions must be restricted to
        // the library's function. As of Solidity v0.5.2, this cannot be enforced, though there is a proposal to add
        // this feature: see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4637
        uint256 _value; // default: 0
    }

    function current(Counter storage counter) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return counter._value;
    }

    function increment(Counter storage counter) internal {
        unchecked {
            counter._value += 1;
        }
    }

    function decrement(Counter storage counter) internal {
        uint256 value = counter._value;
        require(value > 0, "Counter: decrement overflow");
        unchecked {
            counter._value = value - 1;
        }
    }

    function reset(Counter storage counter) internal {
        counter._value = 0;
    }
}

File 33 of 66 : ECDSA.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../Strings.sol";

/**
 * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
 *
 * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
 * of the private keys of a given address.
 */
library ECDSA {
    enum RecoverError {
        NoError,
        InvalidSignature,
        InvalidSignatureLength,
        InvalidSignatureS,
        InvalidSignatureV // Deprecated in v4.8
    }

    function _throwError(RecoverError error) private pure {
        if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
            return; // no error: do nothing
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature length");
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
            revert("ECDSA: invalid signature 's' value");
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature` or error string. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     *
     * Documentation for signature generation:
     * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
     * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        if (signature.length == 65) {
            bytes32 r;
            bytes32 s;
            uint8 v;
            // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
            // currently is to use assembly.
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
            }
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        } else {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM opcode allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
        uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
        return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.2._
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 vs
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError) {
        // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
        // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
        // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
        // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
        //
        // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
        // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
        // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
        // these malleable signatures as well.
        if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS);
        }

        // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        if (signer == address(0)) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature);
        }

        return (signer, RecoverError.NoError);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     */
    function recover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        _throwError(error);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from a `hash`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 hash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        // 32 is the length in bytes of hash,
        // enforced by the type signature above
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32", hash));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Message, created from `s`. This
     * produces hash corresponding to the one signed with the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-191.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory s) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n", Strings.toString(s.length), s));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an Ethereum Signed Typed Data, created from a
     * `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`. This produces hash corresponding
     * to the one signed with the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`]
     * JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
     *
     * See {recover}.
     */
    function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19\x01", domainSeparator, structHash));
    }
}

File 34 of 66 : ERC165.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}

File 35 of 66 : IERC165.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

File 36 of 66 : Math.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library Math {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }

            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }

            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);

            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////

            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)

                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }

            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.

            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)

                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)

                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }

            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;

            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;

            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256

            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);

        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}

File 37 of 66 : StorageSlot.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlot {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }

    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }

    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }

    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

File 38 of 66 : Strings.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./math/Math.sol";

/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}

File 39 of 66 : AddressRelay.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {IAddressRelay, Implementation} from "./interfaces/IAddressRelay.sol";
import {IERC165} from "./interfaces/IERC165.sol";
import {IERC173} from "./interfaces/IERC173.sol";

/**
 * @author Created by HeyMint Launchpad https://join.heymint.xyz
 * @notice This contract contains the base logic for ERC-721A tokens deployed with HeyMint
 */
contract AddressRelay is IAddressRelay, Ownable {
    mapping(bytes4 => address) public selectorToImplAddress;
    mapping(bytes4 => bool) public supportedInterfaces;
    bytes4[] selectors;
    address[] implAddresses;
    address public fallbackImplAddress;
    bool public relayFrozen;

    constructor() {
        supportedInterfaces[0x01ffc9a7] = true; // IERC165
        supportedInterfaces[0x7f5828d0] = true; // IERC173
        supportedInterfaces[0x80ac58cd] = true; // IERC721
        supportedInterfaces[0x5b5e139f] = true; // IERC721Metadata
        supportedInterfaces[0x2a55205a] = true; // IERC2981
        supportedInterfaces[0xad092b5c] = true; // IERC4907
    }

    /**
     * @notice Permanently freezes the relay so no more selectors can be added or removed
     */
    function freezeRelay() external onlyOwner {
        relayFrozen = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Adds or updates selectors and their implementation addresses
     * @param _selectors The selectors to add or update
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address the selectors will point to
     */
    function addOrUpdateSelectors(
        bytes4[] memory _selectors,
        address _implAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _selectors.length; i++) {
            bytes4 selector = _selectors[i];
            selectorToImplAddress[selector] = _implAddress;
            selectors.push(selector);
        }
        bool implAddressExists = false;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddresses.length; i++) {
            if (implAddresses[i] == _implAddress) {
                implAddressExists = true;
                break;
            }
        }
        if (!implAddressExists) {
            implAddresses.push(_implAddress);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Removes selectors
     * @param _selectors The selectors to remove
     */
    function removeSelectors(bytes4[] memory _selectors) external onlyOwner {
        require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _selectors.length; i++) {
            bytes4 selector = _selectors[i];
            delete selectorToImplAddress[selector];
            for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectors.length; j++) {
                if (selectors[j] == selector) {
                    // this just sets the value to 0, but doesn't remove it from the array
                    delete selectors[j];
                    break;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Removes an implementation address and all the selectors that point to it
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address to remove
     */
    function removeImplAddressAndAllSelectors(
        address _implAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddresses.length; i++) {
            if (implAddresses[i] == _implAddress) {
                // this just sets the value to 0, but doesn't remove it from the array
                delete implAddresses[i];
                break;
            }
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectors.length; i++) {
            if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
                delete selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]];
                delete selectors[i];
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector
     * @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
     */
    function getImplAddress(
        bytes4 _functionSelector
    ) external view returns (address) {
        address implAddress = selectorToImplAddress[_functionSelector];
        if (implAddress == address(0)) {
            implAddress = fallbackImplAddress;
        }
        require(implAddress != address(0), "Function does not exist");
        return implAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector. Throws an error if function does not exist.
     * @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
     */
    function getImplAddressNoFallback(
        bytes4 _functionSelector
    ) external view returns (address) {
        address implAddress = selectorToImplAddress[_functionSelector];
        require(implAddress != address(0), "Function does not exist");
        return implAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns all the implementation addresses and the selectors they support
     * @return impls_ An array of Implementation structs
     */
    function getAllImplAddressesAndSelectors()
        external
        view
        returns (Implementation[] memory)
    {
        uint256 trueImplAddressCount = 0;
        uint256 implAddressesLength = implAddresses.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddressesLength; i++) {
            if (implAddresses[i] != address(0)) {
                trueImplAddressCount++;
            }
        }
        Implementation[] memory impls = new Implementation[](
            trueImplAddressCount
        );
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < implAddressesLength; i++) {
            if (implAddresses[i] == address(0)) {
                continue;
            }
            address implAddress = implAddresses[i];
            bytes4[] memory selectors_;
            uint256 selectorCount = 0;
            uint256 selectorsLength = selectors.length;
            for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectorsLength; j++) {
                if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[j]] == implAddress) {
                    selectorCount++;
                }
            }
            selectors_ = new bytes4[](selectorCount);
            uint256 selectorIndex = 0;
            for (uint256 j = 0; j < selectorsLength; j++) {
                if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[j]] == implAddress) {
                    selectors_[selectorIndex] = selectors[j];
                    selectorIndex++;
                }
            }
            impls[i] = Implementation(implAddress, selectors_);
        }
        return impls;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Return all the function selectors associated with an implementation address
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address to get the selectors for
     */
    function getSelectorsForImplAddress(
        address _implAddress
    ) external view returns (bytes4[] memory) {
        uint256 selectorCount = 0;
        uint256 selectorsLength = selectors.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectorsLength; i++) {
            if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
                selectorCount++;
            }
        }
        bytes4[] memory selectorArr = new bytes4[](selectorCount);
        uint256 selectorIndex = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectorsLength; i++) {
            if (selectorToImplAddress[selectors[i]] == _implAddress) {
                selectorArr[selectorIndex] = selectors[i];
                selectorIndex++;
            }
        }
        return selectorArr;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets the fallback implementation address to use when a function selector is not found
     * @param _fallbackAddress The fallback implementation address
     */
    function setFallbackImplAddress(
        address _fallbackAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(!relayFrozen, "RELAY_FROZEN");
        fallbackImplAddress = _fallbackAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Updates the supported interfaces
     * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to update
     * @param _supported Whether the interface is supported or not
     */
    function updateSupportedInterfaces(
        bytes4 _interfaceId,
        bool _supported
    ) external onlyOwner {
        supportedInterfaces[_interfaceId] = _supported;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether the interface is supported or not
     * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to check
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 _interfaceId
    ) external view returns (bool) {
        return supportedInterfaces[_interfaceId];
    }
}

File 40 of 66 : HeyMintERC721ABase.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {BaseConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";

import {ECDSAUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";

contract HeyMintERC721ABase is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable, IERC2981Upgradeable {
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
    using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32;

    // Default subscription address to use to enable royalty enforcement on certain exchanges like OpenSea
    address public constant CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS =
        0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;
    // Default subscription address to use as a placeholder for no royalty enforcement
    address public constant EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS =
        0x511af84166215d528ABf8bA6437ec4BEcF31934B;

    /**
     * @notice Initializes a new child deposit contract
     * @param _name The name of the token
     * @param _symbol The symbol of the token
     * @param _config Base configuration settings
     */
    function initialize(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        BaseConfig memory _config
    ) public initializerERC721A initializer {
        __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
        __Ownable_init();
        __ReentrancyGuard_init();
        __OperatorFilterer_init(
            _config.enforceRoyalties == true
                ? CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS
                : EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS,
            true
        );

        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg = _config;

        // If public sale start time is set but end time is not, set default end time
        if (_config.publicSaleStartTime > 0 && _config.publicSaleEndTime == 0) {
            HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleEndTime =
                _config.publicSaleStartTime +
                520 weeks;
        }

        // If public sale end time is set but not start time, set default start time
        if (_config.publicSaleEndTime > 0 && _config.publicSaleStartTime == 0) {
            HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleStartTime = uint32(
                block.timestamp
            );
        }

        // If presale start time is set but end time is not, set default end time
        if (_config.presaleStartTime > 0 && _config.presaleEndTime == 0) {
            HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleEndTime =
                _config.presaleStartTime +
                520 weeks;
        }

        // If presale end time is set but not start time, set default start time
        if (_config.presaleEndTime > 0 && _config.presaleStartTime == 0) {
            HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleStartTime = uint32(
                block.timestamp
            );
        }
    }

    // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============

    function pause() external onlyOwner {
        _pause();
    }

    function unpause() external onlyOwner {
        _unpause();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the contract implements the interface defined by interfaceId
     * @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    )
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    // ============ METADATA ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the base URI for all tokens. If the base URI is not set, it will be generated based on the project ID
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Overrides the default ERC721 tokenURI function to look for specific token URIs when present
     * @param tokenId The token ID to query
     */
    function tokenURI(
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        returns (string memory)
    {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        string memory specificTokenURI = state.data.tokenURIs[tokenId];
        if (bytes(specificTokenURI).length != 0) return specificTokenURI;
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        if (bytes(baseURI).length == 0) return "";
        uint256 burnTokenId = state.data.tokenIdToBurnTokenId[tokenId];
        uint256 tokenURITokenId = state.advCfg.useBurnTokenIdForMetadata &&
            burnTokenId != 0
            ? burnTokenId
            : tokenId;
        return string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenURITokenId)));
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the base token URI
     * @param _newBaseURI The new base URI to use
     */
    function setBaseURI(string calldata _newBaseURI) external onlyOwner {
        require(!HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase = _newBaseURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Freeze metadata so it can never be changed again
     */
    function freezeMetadata() external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen = true;
    }

    // ============ ERC-2981 ROYALTY ============

    /**
     * @notice Basic gas saving implementation of ERC-2981 royaltyInfo function with receiver set to the contract owner
     * @param _salePrice The sale price used to determine the royalty amount
     */
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256,
        uint256 _salePrice
    ) external view override returns (address, uint256) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        address payoutAddress = state.advCfg.royaltyPayoutAddress !=
            address(0x0)
            ? state.advCfg.royaltyPayoutAddress
            : owner();
        if (payoutAddress == address(0x0)) {
            return (payoutAddress, 0);
        }
        return (payoutAddress, (_salePrice * state.cfg.royaltyBps) / 10000);
    }

    // ============ PAYOUT ============

    /**
     * @notice Withdraws all funds held within contract
     */
    function withdraw() external nonReentrant onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
            require(
                state.data.fundingTargetReached,
                "FUNDING_TARGET_NOT_REACHED"
            );
        }
        if (state.advCfg.refundEndsAt > 0) {
            require(!refundGuaranteeActive(), "REFUND_GUARANTEE_STILL_ACTIVE");
        }
        uint256 balance = address(this).balance;
        if (state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length == 0) {
            (bool success, ) = payable(owner()).call{value: balance}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        } else {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length; i++) {
                uint256 amount = (balance * state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints[i]) /
                    10000;
                (bool success, ) = HeyMintStorage
                    .state()
                    .advCfg
                    .payoutAddresses[i]
                    .call{value: amount}("");
                require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
            }
        }
    }

    // ============ PUBLIC SALE ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the public price in wei. Public price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function publicPriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice) * 10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow public sale minting
     */
    function setPublicSaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleActive = _saleActiveState;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the public mint price
     * @param _publicPrice The new public mint price to use
     */
    function setPublicPrice(uint32 _publicPrice) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice = _publicPrice;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given address in the public sale
     * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per address
     */
    function setPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given transaction in the public sale
     * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per transaction
     */
    function setPublicMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .cfg
            .publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the start time for public mint
     * @param _publicSaleStartTime The new start time for public mint
     */
    function setPublicSaleStartTime(
        uint32 _publicSaleStartTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleStartTime = _publicSaleStartTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the end time for public mint
     * @param _publicSaleEndTime The new end time for public mint
     */
    function setPublicSaleEndTime(
        uint32 _publicSaleEndTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_publicSaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicSaleEndTime = _publicSaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic public sale times
     * @param _usePublicSaleTimes Whether or not to use the automatic public sale times
     */
    function setUsePublicSaleTimes(
        bool _usePublicSaleTimes
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.usePublicSaleTimes = _usePublicSaleTimes;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns if public sale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true.
     */
    function publicSaleTimeIsActive() public view returns (bool) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        if (
            state.cfg.usePublicSaleTimes == false ||
            state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime == 0 ||
            state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime == 0
        ) {
            return true;
        }
        return
            block.timestamp >= state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime &&
            block.timestamp <= state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow for public minting of tokens
     * @param _numTokens The number of tokens to mint
     */
    function publicMint(uint256 _numTokens) external payable nonReentrant {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        require(cfg.publicSaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(publicSaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 ||
                _numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <=
                cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 ||
                _numTokens <= cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        uint256 publicPrice = publicPriceInWei();
        if (cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken();
            require(
                msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens + heymintFee,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        } else {
            require(
                msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
        }

        if (cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
            uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId();
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) {
                HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[
                    firstTokenIdToMint + i
                ] = publicPrice;
            }
        }

        _safeMint(msg.sender, _numTokens);
    }

    // ============ REFUND ============

    /**
     * Will return true if token holders can still return their tokens for a refund
     */
    function refundGuaranteeActive() public view returns (bool) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        return block.timestamp < state.advCfg.refundEndsAt;
    }
}

File 41 of 66 : HeyMintERC721AExtensionA.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {BaseConfig, AdvancedConfig, BurnToken, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";

contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionA is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;

    event Stake(uint256 indexed tokenId);
    event Unstake(uint256 indexed tokenId);
    event Loan(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);
    event LoanRetrieved(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);

    // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns all storage variables for the contract
     */
    function getSettings()
        external
        view
        returns (
            BaseConfig memory,
            AdvancedConfig memory,
            BurnToken[] memory,
            bool,
            bool,
            bool,
            uint256
        )
    {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        return (
            state.cfg,
            state.advCfg,
            state.burnTokens,
            state.data.advancedConfigInitialized,
            state.data.fundingTargetReached,
            state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined,
            state.data.currentLoanTotal
        );
    }

    /**
     * @notice Updates the address configuration for the contract
     */
    function updateBaseConfig(
        BaseConfig memory _baseConfig
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(
            _baseConfig.maxSupply <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        require(
            _baseConfig.presaleMaxSupply <= state.cfg.presaleMaxSupply,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        require(
            _baseConfig.fundingEndsAt == state.cfg.fundingEndsAt,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        require(
            _baseConfig.fundingTarget == state.cfg.fundingTarget,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        require(
            _baseConfig.heyMintFeeActive == state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        if (state.advCfg.metadataFrozen) {
            require(
                keccak256(abi.encode(_baseConfig.uriBase)) ==
                    keccak256(abi.encode(state.cfg.uriBase)),
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
        }
        state.cfg = _baseConfig;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Updates the advanced configuration for the contract
     */
    function updateAdvancedConfig(
        AdvancedConfig memory _advancedConfig
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        if (state.advCfg.metadataFrozen) {
            require(
                _advancedConfig.metadataFrozen,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
        }
        if (state.advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled) {
            require(
                _advancedConfig.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
        }
        if (state.advCfg.refundEndsAt > 0) {
            require(
                _advancedConfig.refundPrice == state.advCfg.refundPrice,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
            require(
                _advancedConfig.refundEndsAt >= state.advCfg.refundEndsAt,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
        } else if (
            _advancedConfig.refundEndsAt > 0 || _advancedConfig.refundPrice > 0
        ) {
            require(
                _advancedConfig.refundPrice > 0,
                "REFUND_PRICE_MUST_BE_SET"
            );
            require(
                _advancedConfig.refundEndsAt > 0,
                "REFUND_DURATION_MUST_BE_SET"
            );
        }
        if (!state.data.advancedConfigInitialized) {
            state.data.advancedConfigInitialized = true;
        }
        uint256 payoutAddressesLength = _advancedConfig.payoutAddresses.length;
        uint256 payoutBasisPointsLength = _advancedConfig
            .payoutBasisPoints
            .length;
        if (state.advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen) {
            require(
                _advancedConfig.payoutAddressesFrozen,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
            require(
                payoutAddressesLength == state.advCfg.payoutAddresses.length,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
            require(
                payoutBasisPointsLength ==
                    state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints.length,
                "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
            );
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutAddressesLength; i++) {
                require(
                    _advancedConfig.payoutAddresses[i] ==
                        state.advCfg.payoutAddresses[i],
                    "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
                );
                require(
                    _advancedConfig.payoutBasisPoints[i] ==
                        state.advCfg.payoutBasisPoints[i],
                    "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
                );
            }
        } else if (payoutAddressesLength > 0) {
            require(
                payoutAddressesLength == payoutBasisPointsLength,
                "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
            );
            uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPointsLength; i++) {
                totalBasisPoints += _advancedConfig.payoutBasisPoints[i];
            }
            require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "BASIS_POINTS_MUST_EQUAL_10000");
        }
        state.advCfg = _advancedConfig;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens
     * @param _newMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint
     */
    function reduceMaxSupply(uint16 _newMaxSupply) external onlyOwner {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        require(_newMaxSupply < cfg.maxSupply, "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH");
        require(
            _newMaxSupply >= totalSupply(),
            "SUPPLY_LOWER_THAN_MINTED_TOKENS"
        );
        cfg.maxSupply = _newMaxSupply;
    }

    // ============ PAYOUT ============

    /**
     * @notice Freeze all payout addresses so they can never be changed again
     */
    function freezePayoutAddresses() external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update payout addresses and basis points for each addresses' respective share of contract funds
     * @param _payoutAddresses The new payout addresses to use
     * @param _payoutBasisPoints The amount to pay out to each address in _payoutAddresses (in basis points)
     */
    function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints(
        address[] calldata _payoutAddresses,
        uint16[] calldata _payoutBasisPoints
    ) external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        uint256 payoutBasisPointsLength = _payoutBasisPoints.length;
        require(
            !advCfg.payoutAddressesFrozen,
            "CANNOT_UPDATE_CONSTANT_VARIABLE"
        );
        require(
            _payoutAddresses.length == payoutBasisPointsLength,
            "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
        );
        uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPointsLength; i++) {
            totalBasisPoints += _payoutBasisPoints[i];
        }
        require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "BASIS_POINTS_MUST_EQUAL_10000");
        advCfg.payoutAddresses = _payoutAddresses;
        advCfg.payoutBasisPoints = _payoutBasisPoints;
    }

    // ============ ERC-2981 ROYALTY ============

    /**
     * @notice Updates royalty basis points
     * @param _royaltyBps The new royalty basis points to use
     */
    function setRoyaltyBasisPoints(uint16 _royaltyBps) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.royaltyBps = _royaltyBps;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Updates royalty payout address
     * @param _royaltyPayoutAddress The new royalty payout address to use
     */
    function setRoyaltyPayoutAddress(
        address _royaltyPayoutAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .royaltyPayoutAddress = _royaltyPayoutAddress;
    }

    // ============ GIFT ============

    /**
     * @notice Allow owner to send 'mintNumber' tokens without cost to multiple addresses
     * @param _receivers The addresses to send the tokens to
     * @param _mintNumber The number of tokens to send to each address
     */
    function gift(
        address[] calldata _receivers,
        uint256[] calldata _mintNumber
    ) external payable onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(
            _receivers.length == _mintNumber.length,
            "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
        );
        uint256 totalMints = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber.length; i++) {
            totalMints += _mintNumber[i];
        }
        require(
            totalSupply() + totalMints <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = (totalMints * heymintFeePerToken()) / 10;
            require(msg.value == heymintFee, "PAYMENT_INCORRECT");
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) {
            _safeMint(_receivers[i], _mintNumber[i]);
        }
    }
}

File 42 of 66 : HeyMintERC721AExtensionB.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {HeyMintStorage, BaseConfig, BurnToken} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ECDSAUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import {IERC1155} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol";

contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionB is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;
    using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32;

    // Address where burnt tokens are sent.
    address public constant burnAddress =
        0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD;

    // ============ PRESALE ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the presale price in wei. Presale price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function presalePriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presalePrice) * 10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow presale minting
     * @param _saleActiveState The new presale activ
     .e state
     */
    function setPresaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleActive = _saleActiveState;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the presale mint price
     * @param _presalePrice The new presale mint price to use
     */
    function setPresalePrice(uint32 _presalePrice) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presalePrice = _presalePrice;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens available to mint in the presale
     * @param _newPresaleMaxSupply The new maximum supply of presale tokens available to mint
     */
    function reducePresaleMaxSupply(
        uint16 _newPresaleMaxSupply
    ) external onlyOwner {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        require(
            _newPresaleMaxSupply < cfg.presaleMaxSupply,
            "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH"
        );
        cfg.presaleMaxSupply = _newPresaleMaxSupply;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given address in the presale
     * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per address in the presale
     */
    function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .cfg
            .presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum mints allowed per a given transaction in the presale
     * @param _mintsAllowed The new maximum mints allowed per transaction in the presale
     */
    function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .cfg
            .presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the signer address used to verify presale minting
     * @param _presaleSignerAddress The new signer address to use
     */
    function setPresaleSignerAddress(
        address _presaleSignerAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleSignerAddress = _presaleSignerAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the start time for presale mint
     */
    function setPresaleStartTime(uint32 _presaleStartTime) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleStartTime = _presaleStartTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the end time for presale mint
     */
    function setPresaleEndTime(uint32 _presaleEndTime) external onlyOwner {
        require(_presaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleEndTime = _presaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic presale times
     */
    function setUsePresaleTimes(bool _usePresaleTimes) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.usePresaleTimes = _usePresaleTimes;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns if presale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true.
     */
    function presaleTimeIsActive() public view returns (bool) {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        if (
            cfg.usePresaleTimes == false ||
            cfg.presaleStartTime == 0 ||
            cfg.presaleEndTime == 0
        ) {
            return true;
        }
        return
            block.timestamp >= cfg.presaleStartTime &&
            block.timestamp <= cfg.presaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Verify that a signed message is validly signed by the presaleSignerAddress
     * @param _messageHash The hash of the message to verify
     * @param _signature The signature of the messageHash to verify
     */
    function verifySignerAddress(
        bytes32 _messageHash,
        bytes calldata _signature
    ) private view returns (bool) {
        return
            HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.presaleSignerAddress ==
            _messageHash.toEthSignedMessageHash().recover(_signature);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow for allowlist minting of tokens
     * @param _messageHash The hash of the message containing msg.sender & _maximumAllowedMints to verify
     * @param _signature The signature of the messageHash to verify
     * @param _numTokens The number of tokens to mint
     * @param _maximumAllowedMints The maximum number of tokens that can be minted by the caller
     */
    function presaleMint(
        bytes32 _messageHash,
        bytes calldata _signature,
        uint256 _numTokens,
        uint256 _maximumAllowedMints
    ) external payable nonReentrant {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        require(cfg.presaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(presaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 ||
                _numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <=
                cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 ||
                _numTokens <= cfg.presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            _numberMinted(msg.sender) + _numTokens <= _maximumAllowedMints,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            cfg.presaleMaxSupply == 0 ||
                totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.presaleMaxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            totalSupply() + _numTokens <= cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        uint256 presalePrice = presalePriceInWei();
        if (cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken();
            require(
                msg.value == presalePrice * _numTokens + heymintFee,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        } else {
            require(
                msg.value == presalePrice * _numTokens,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
        }
        require(
            keccak256(abi.encode(msg.sender, _maximumAllowedMints)) ==
                _messageHash,
            "MESSAGE_INVALID"
        );
        require(
            verifySignerAddress(_messageHash, _signature),
            "INVALID_SIGNATURE"
        );

        if (cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
            uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId();
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) {
                HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[
                    firstTokenIdToMint + i
                ] = presalePrice;
            }
        }

        _safeMint(msg.sender, _numTokens);
    }

    // ============ BURN TO MINT ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the burn payment in wei. Price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function burnPaymentInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.burnPayment) * 10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow burning to claim a token
     * @param _burnClaimActive If true tokens can be burned in order to mint
     */
    function setBurnClaimState(bool _burnClaimActive) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        if (_burnClaimActive) {
            require(state.burnTokens.length != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
            require(state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        }
        state.advCfg.burnClaimActive = _burnClaimActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the contract address of the NFT to be burned in order to mint
     * @param _burnTokens An array of all tokens required for burning
     */
    function updateBurnTokens(
        BurnToken[] calldata _burnTokens
    ) external onlyOwner {
        BurnToken[] storage burnTokens = HeyMintStorage.state().burnTokens;
        uint256 oldBurnTokensLength = burnTokens.length;
        uint256 newBurnTokensLength = _burnTokens.length;

        // Update the existing BurnTokens and push any new BurnTokens
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < newBurnTokensLength; i++) {
            if (i < oldBurnTokensLength) {
                burnTokens[i] = _burnTokens[i];
            } else {
                burnTokens.push(_burnTokens[i]);
            }
        }

        // Pop any extra BurnTokens if the new array is shorter
        for (uint256 i = oldBurnTokensLength; i > newBurnTokensLength; i--) {
            burnTokens.pop();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the number of free mints claimable per token burned
     * @param _mintsPerBurn The new number of tokens that can be minted per burn transaction
     */
    function updateMintsPerBurn(uint8 _mintsPerBurn) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.mintsPerBurn = _mintsPerBurn;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the price required to be paid alongside a burn tx to mint (payment is per tx, not per token in the case of >1 mintsPerBurn)
     * @param _burnPayment The new amount of payment required per burn transaction
     */
    function updatePaymentPerBurn(uint32 _burnPayment) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.burnPayment = _burnPayment;
    }

    /**
     * @notice If true, real token ids are used for metadata. If false, burn token ids are used for metadata if they exist.
     * @param _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata If true, burn token ids are used for metadata if they exist. If false, real token ids are used.
     */
    function setUseBurnTokenIdForMetadata(
        bool _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .useBurnTokenIdForMetadata = _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Burn tokens from other contracts in order to mint tokens on this contract
     * @dev This contract must be approved by the caller to transfer the tokens being burned
     * @param _contracts The contracts of the tokens to burn in the same order as the array burnTokens
     * @param _tokenIds Nested array of token ids to burn for 721 and amounts to burn for 1155 corresponding to _contracts
     * @param _tokensToMint The number of tokens to mint
     */
    function burnToMint(
        address[] calldata _contracts,
        uint256[][] calldata _tokenIds,
        uint256 _tokensToMint
    ) external payable nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        uint256 contractsLength = _contracts.length;
        uint256 burnTokenLength = state.burnTokens.length;
        require(burnTokenLength > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(state.advCfg.burnClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            contractsLength == _tokenIds.length,
            "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
        );
        require(contractsLength == burnTokenLength, "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH");
        require(
            totalSupply() + _tokensToMint <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        uint256 burnPayment = burnPaymentInWei();
        uint256 burnPaymentTotal = burnPayment *
            (_tokensToMint / state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn);
        if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = _tokensToMint * heymintFeePerToken();
            require(
                msg.value == burnPaymentTotal + heymintFee,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        } else {
            require(msg.value == burnPaymentTotal, "INVALID_PRICE_PAID");
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < burnTokenLength; i++) {
            BurnToken memory burnToken = state.burnTokens[i];
            require(
                burnToken.contractAddress == _contracts[i],
                "INCORRECT_CONTRACT"
            );
            if (burnToken.tokenType == 1) {
                uint256 _tokenIdsLength = _tokenIds[i].length;
                require(
                    (_tokenIdsLength / burnToken.tokensPerBurn) *
                        state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn ==
                        _tokensToMint,
                    "INCORRECT_NO_OF_TOKENS_TO_BURN"
                );
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < _tokenIdsLength; j++) {
                    IERC721 burnContract = IERC721(_contracts[i]);
                    uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i][j];
                    require(
                        burnContract.ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender,
                        "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
                    );
                    burnContract.transferFrom(msg.sender, burnAddress, tokenId);
                }
            } else if (burnToken.tokenType == 2) {
                uint256 amountToBurn = _tokenIds[i][0];
                require(
                    (amountToBurn / burnToken.tokensPerBurn) *
                        state.advCfg.mintsPerBurn ==
                        _tokensToMint,
                    "INCORRECT_NO_OF_TOKENS_TO_BURN"
                );
                IERC1155 burnContract = IERC1155(_contracts[i]);
                require(
                    burnContract.balanceOf(msg.sender, burnToken.tokenId) >=
                        amountToBurn,
                    "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
                );
                burnContract.safeTransferFrom(
                    msg.sender,
                    burnAddress,
                    burnToken.tokenId,
                    amountToBurn,
                    ""
                );
            }
        }
        if (state.advCfg.useBurnTokenIdForMetadata) {
            require(
                _tokenIds[0].length == _tokensToMint,
                "BURN_TOKENS_MUST_MATCH_MINT_NO"
            );
            uint256 firstNewTokenId = _nextTokenId();
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokensToMint; i++) {
                state.data.tokenIdToBurnTokenId[
                    firstNewTokenId + i
                ] = _tokenIds[0][i];
            }
        }
        _safeMint(msg.sender, _tokensToMint);
    }
}

File 43 of 66 : HeyMintERC721AExtensionC.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {AdvancedConfig, Data, BaseConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";

contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionC is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;

    event Stake(uint256 indexed tokenId);
    event Unstake(uint256 indexed tokenId);

    // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============

    /**
     * @notice Update the specific token URI for a set of tokens
     * @param _tokenIds The token IDs to update
     * @param _newURIs The new URIs to use
     */
    function setTokenURIs(
        uint256[] calldata _tokenIds,
        string[] calldata _newURIs
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(!HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.metadataFrozen, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        uint256 tokenIdsLength = _tokenIds.length;
        require(tokenIdsLength == _newURIs.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIdsLength; i++) {
            HeyMintStorage.state().data.tokenURIs[_tokenIds[i]] = _newURIs[i];
        }
    }

    function baseTokenURI() external view returns (string memory) {
        return HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.uriBase;
    }

    // ============ CREDIT CARD PAYMENT ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the public price in wei. Public price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function _publicPriceInWei() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.publicPrice) * 10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns if public sale times are active. If required config settings are not set, returns true.
     */
    function _publicSaleTimeIsActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        if (
            state.cfg.usePublicSaleTimes == false ||
            state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime == 0 ||
            state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime == 0
        ) {
            return true;
        }
        return
            block.timestamp >= state.cfg.publicSaleStartTime &&
            block.timestamp <= state.cfg.publicSaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns an array of default addresses authorized to call creditCardMint
     */
    function getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses()
        public
        pure
        returns (address[5] memory)
    {
        return [
            0xf3DB642663231887E2Ff3501da6E3247D8634A6D,
            0x5e01a33C75931aD0A91A12Ee016Be8D61b24ADEB,
            0x9E733848061e4966c4a920d5b99a123459670aEe,
            0x7754B94345BCE520f8dd4F6a5642567603e90E10,
            0xdAb1a1854214684acE522439684a145E62505233
        ];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set an address authorized to call creditCardMint
     * @param _creditCardMintAddress The new address to authorize
     */
    function setCreditCardMintAddress(
        address _creditCardMintAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .creditCardMintAddress = _creditCardMintAddress;
    }

    function creditCardMint(
        uint256 _numTokens,
        address _to
    ) external payable nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        address[5]
            memory defaultAddresses = getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses();
        bool authorized = false;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < defaultAddresses.length; i++) {
            if (msg.sender == defaultAddresses[i]) {
                authorized = true;
                break;
            }
        }
        require(
            authorized || msg.sender == state.advCfg.creditCardMintAddress,
            "NOT_AUTHORIZED_ADDRESS"
        );
        require(state.cfg.publicSaleActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(_publicSaleTimeIsActive(), "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress == 0 ||
                _numberMinted(_to) + _numTokens <=
                state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerAddress,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction == 0 ||
                _numTokens <= state.cfg.publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            totalSupply() + _numTokens <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        uint256 publicPrice = _publicPriceInWei();
        if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = _numTokens * heymintFeePerToken();
            require(
                msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens + heymintFee,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        } else {
            require(
                msg.value == publicPrice * _numTokens,
                "INVALID_PRICE_PAID"
            );
        }

        if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
            uint256 firstTokenIdToMint = _nextTokenId();
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < _numTokens; i++) {
                HeyMintStorage.state().data.pricePaid[
                    firstTokenIdToMint + i
                ] = publicPrice;
            }
        }

        _safeMint(_to, _numTokens);

        if (totalSupply() >= state.cfg.maxSupply) {
            state.cfg.publicSaleActive = false;
        }
    }

    // ============ SOULBINDING ============

    /**
     * @notice Change the admin address used to transfer tokens if needed.
     * @param _adminAddress The new soulbound admin address
     */
    function setSoulboundAdminAddress(
        address _adminAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        require(!advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled);
        advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress = _adminAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Disallow admin transfers of soulbound tokens permanently.
     */
    function disableSoulbindAdminTransfersPermanently() external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress = address(0);
        advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Turn soulbinding on or off
     * @param _soulbindingActive If true soulbinding is active
     */
    function setSoulbindingState(bool _soulbindingActive) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive = _soulbindingActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allows an admin address to initiate token transfers if user wallets get hacked or lost
     * This function can only be used on soulbound tokens to prevent arbitrary transfers of normal tokens
     * @param _from The address to transfer from
     * @param _to The address to transfer to
     * @param _tokenId The token id to transfer
     */
    function soulboundAdminTransfer(
        address _from,
        address _to,
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        address adminAddress = state.advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress == address(0)
            ? owner()
            : state.advCfg.soulboundAdminAddress;
        require(msg.sender == adminAddress, "NOT_ADMIN");
        require(state.cfg.soulbindingActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            !state.advCfg.soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled,
            "NOT_ACTIVE"
        );
        state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress = true;
        _directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId);
        safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId);
        state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress = false;
    }

    // ============ STAKING ============

    /**
     * @notice Turn staking on or off
     * @param _stakingState The new state of staking (true = on, false = off)
     */
    function setStakingState(bool _stakingState) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.stakingActive = _stakingState;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Stake an arbitrary number of tokens
     * @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to stake
     */
    function stakeTokens(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(state.advCfg.stakingActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) {
            uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i];
            require(ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
            if (state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] == 0) {
                state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] = block.timestamp;
                emit Stake(tokenId);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Unstake an arbitrary number of tokens
     * @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to unstake
     */
    function unstakeTokens(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) {
            uint256 tokenId = _tokenIds[i];
            require(ownerOf(tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
            if (data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] != 0) {
                data.totalTimeStaked[tokenId] +=
                    block.timestamp -
                    data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId];
                data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] = 0;
                emit Unstake(tokenId);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allows for transfers (not sales) while staking
     * @param _from The address of the current owner of the token
     * @param _to The address of the new owner of the token
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to transfer
     */
    function stakingTransfer(
        address _from,
        address _to,
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
        data.stakingTransferActive = true;
        safeTransferFrom(_from, _to, _tokenId);
        data.stakingTransferActive = false;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow contract owner to forcibly unstake a token if needed
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to unstake
     */
    function adminUnstake(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        require(HeyMintStorage.state().data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId] != 0);
        data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId] +=
            block.timestamp -
            data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId];
        data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId] = 0;
        emit Unstake(_tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Return the total amount of time a token has been staked
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to check
     */
    function totalTokenStakeTime(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        uint256 currentStakeStartTime = data.currentTimeStaked[_tokenId];
        if (currentStakeStartTime != 0) {
            return
                (block.timestamp - currentStakeStartTime) +
                data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId];
        }
        return data.totalTimeStaked[_tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Return the amount of time a token has been currently staked
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to check
     */
    function currentTokenStakeTime(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 currentStakeStartTime = HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .data
            .currentTimeStaked[_tokenId];
        if (currentStakeStartTime != 0) {
            return block.timestamp - currentStakeStartTime;
        }
        return 0;
    }

    // ============ FREE CLAIM ============

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow free claiming tokens
     * @param _freeClaimActive If true tokens can be claimed for free
     */
    function setFreeClaimState(bool _freeClaimActive) external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        if (_freeClaimActive) {
            require(
                advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress != address(0),
                "NOT_CONFIGURED"
            );
            require(advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        }
        advCfg.freeClaimActive = _freeClaimActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the contract address of the NFT eligible for free claim
     * @param _freeClaimContractAddress The new contract address
     */
    function setFreeClaimContractAddress(
        address _freeClaimContractAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .freeClaimContractAddress = _freeClaimContractAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the number of free mints claimable per token redeemed from the external ERC721 contract
     * @param _mintsPerFreeClaim The new number of free mints per token redeemed
     */
    function updateMintsPerFreeClaim(
        uint8 _mintsPerFreeClaim
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim = _mintsPerFreeClaim;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Check if an array of tokens is eligible for free claim
     * @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to check
     */
    function checkFreeClaimEligibility(
        uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs
    ) external view returns (bool[] memory) {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        bool[] memory eligible = new bool[](_tokenIDs.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIDs.length; i++) {
            eligible[i] = !data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]];
        }
        return eligible;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Free claim token when msg.sender owns the token in the external contract
     * @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to redeem
     */
    function freeClaim(
        uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs
    ) external payable nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        uint256 tokenIdsLength = _tokenIDs.length;
        uint256 totalMints = tokenIdsLength * state.advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim;
        require(
            state.advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress != address(0),
            "NOT_CONFIGURED"
        );
        require(state.advCfg.mintsPerFreeClaim != 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(state.advCfg.freeClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            totalSupply() + totalMints <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        if (state.cfg.heyMintFeeActive) {
            uint256 heymintFee = totalMints * heymintFeePerToken();
            require(msg.value == heymintFee, "PAYMENT_INCORRECT");
            (bool success, ) = heymintPayoutAddress.call{value: heymintFee}("");
            require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
        }
        IERC721 ExternalERC721FreeClaimContract = IERC721(
            state.advCfg.freeClaimContractAddress
        );
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIdsLength; i++) {
            require(
                ExternalERC721FreeClaimContract.ownerOf(_tokenIDs[i]) ==
                    msg.sender,
                "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
            );
            require(
                !state.data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]],
                "TOKEN_ALREADY_CLAIMED"
            );
            state.data.freeClaimUsed[_tokenIDs[i]] = true;
        }
        _safeMint(msg.sender, totalMints);
    }

    // ============ RANDOM HASH ============

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow random hash generation
     * @param _randomHashActive true to enable random hash generation, false to disable
     */
    function setGenerateRandomHashState(
        bool _randomHashActive
    ) external onlyOwner {
        BaseConfig storage cfg = HeyMintStorage.state().cfg;
        cfg.randomHashActive = _randomHashActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve random hashes for an array of token ids
     * @param _tokenIDs The ids of the tokens to retrieve random hashes for
     */
    function getRandomHashes(
        uint256[] calldata _tokenIDs
    ) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        bytes32[] memory randomHashes = new bytes32[](_tokenIDs.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIDs.length; i++) {
            randomHashes[i] = data.randomHashStore[_tokenIDs[i]];
        }
        return randomHashes;
    }
}

File 44 of 66 : HeyMintERC721AExtensionD.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable} from "./HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {AdvancedConfig, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {MerkleProofUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/MerkleProofUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";

contract HeyMintERC721AExtensionD is HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable {
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;

    event Loan(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);
    event LoanRetrieved(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId);

    // Address of the HeyMint admin address
    address public constant heymintAdminAddress =
        0x52EA5F96f004d174470901Ba3F1984D349f0D3eF;
    // Address where burnt tokens are sent.
    address public constant burnAddress =
        0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD;

    // ============ HEYMINT FEE ============

    /**
     * @notice Allows the heymintAdminAddress to set the heymint fee per token
     * @param _heymintFeePerToken The new fee per token in wei
     */
    function setHeymintFeePerToken(uint256 _heymintFeePerToken) external {
        require(msg.sender == heymintAdminAddress, "MUST_BE_HEYMINT_ADMIN");
        HeyMintStorage.state().data.heymintFeePerToken = _heymintFeePerToken;
    }

    // ============ HEYMINT DEPOSIT TOKEN REDEMPTION ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the deposit payment in wei. Deposit payment is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function remainingDepositPaymentInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return
            uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.remainingDepositPayment) *
            10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow burning a deposit token to mint
     * @param _depositClaimActive If true deposit tokens can be burned in order to mint
     */
    function setDepositClaimState(bool _depositClaimActive) external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        if (_depositClaimActive) {
            require(advCfg.depositMerkleRoot != bytes32(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED");
            require(
                advCfg.depositContractAddress != address(0),
                "NOT_CONFIGURED"
            );
        }
        advCfg.depositClaimActive = _depositClaimActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the merkle root used to validate the deposit tokens eligible for burning
     * @dev Each leaf in the merkle tree is the token id of a deposit token
     * @param _depositMerkleRoot The new merkle root
     */
    function setDepositMerkleRoot(
        bytes32 _depositMerkleRoot
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.depositMerkleRoot = _depositMerkleRoot;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the address of the HeyMint deposit contract eligible for burning to mint
     * @param _depositContractAddress The new deposit contract address
     */
    function setDepositContractAddress(
        address _depositContractAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .depositContractAddress = _depositContractAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the remaining payment required in order to mint along with burning a deposit token
     * @param _remainingDepositPayment The new remaining payment in centiETH
     */
    function setRemainingDepositPayment(
        uint32 _remainingDepositPayment
    ) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage
            .state()
            .advCfg
            .remainingDepositPayment = _remainingDepositPayment;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allows for burning deposit tokens in order to mint. The tokens must be eligible for burning.
     * Additional payment may be required in addition to burning the deposit tokens.
     * @dev This contract must be approved by the caller to transfer the deposit tokens being burned
     * @param _tokenIds The token ids of the deposit tokens to burn
     * @param _merkleProofs The merkle proofs for each token id verifying eligibility
     */
    function burnDepositTokensToMint(
        uint256[] calldata _tokenIds,
        bytes32[][] calldata _merkleProofs
    ) external payable nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(state.advCfg.depositMerkleRoot != bytes32(0), "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(
            state.advCfg.depositContractAddress != address(0),
            "NOT_CONFIGURED"
        );
        require(state.advCfg.depositClaimActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        uint256 numberOfTokens = _tokenIds.length;
        require(numberOfTokens > 0, "NO_TOKEN_IDS_PROVIDED");
        require(
            numberOfTokens == _merkleProofs.length,
            "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
        );
        require(
            totalSupply() + numberOfTokens <= state.cfg.maxSupply,
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            msg.value == remainingDepositPaymentInWei() * numberOfTokens,
            "INCORRECT_REMAINING_PAYMENT"
        );
        IERC721 DepositContract = IERC721(state.advCfg.depositContractAddress);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numberOfTokens; i++) {
            require(
                MerkleProofUpgradeable.verify(
                    _merkleProofs[i],
                    state.advCfg.depositMerkleRoot,
                    keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_tokenIds[i]))
                ),
                "INVALID_MERKLE_PROOF"
            );
            require(
                DepositContract.ownerOf(_tokenIds[i]) == msg.sender,
                "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
            );
            DepositContract.transferFrom(msg.sender, burnAddress, _tokenIds[i]);
        }
        _safeMint(msg.sender, numberOfTokens);
    }

    // ============ CONDITIONAL FUNDING ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the funding target in wei. Funding target is stored with 2 decimals (1 = 0.01 ETH), so total 2 + 16 == 18 decimals
     */
    function fundingTargetInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.fundingTarget) * 10 ** 16;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be called by anyone once the funding duration has passed to determine if the funding target was reached
     * If the funding target was not reached, all funds are refundable. Must be called before owner can withdraw funds
     */
    function determineFundingSuccess() external {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(
            address(this).balance >= fundingTargetInWei(),
            "FUNDING_TARGET_NOT_MET"
        );
        require(
            !state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined,
            "SUCCESS_ALREADY_DETERMINED"
        );
        state.data.fundingTargetReached = true;
        state.data.fundingSuccessDetermined = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Burn tokens and return the price paid to the token owner if the funding target was not reached
     * Can be called starting 1 day after funding duration ends
     * @param _tokenIds The ids of the tokens to be refunded
     */
    function burnToRefund(uint256[] calldata _tokenIds) external nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        // Prevent refunding tokens on a contract where conditional funding has not been enabled
        require(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0, "NOT_CONFIGURED");
        require(
            block.timestamp > uint256(state.cfg.fundingEndsAt) + 1 days,
            "FUNDING_PERIOD_STILL_ACTIVE"
        );
        require(!state.data.fundingTargetReached, "FUNDING_TARGET_WAS_MET");
        require(
            address(this).balance < fundingTargetInWei(),
            "FUNDING_TARGET_WAS_MET"
        );

        uint256 totalRefund = 0;

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokenIds.length; i++) {
            require(ownerOf(_tokenIds[i]) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
            require(
                state.data.pricePaid[_tokenIds[i]] > 0,
                "TOKEN_WAS_NOT_PURCHASED"
            );
            safeTransferFrom(
                msg.sender,
                0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD,
                _tokenIds[i]
            );
            totalRefund += state.data.pricePaid[_tokenIds[i]];
        }

        (bool success, ) = payable(msg.sender).call{value: totalRefund}("");
        require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
    }

    // ============ LOANING ============

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow for loan functionality to turned on and off
     * @param _loaningActive The new state of loaning (true = on, false = off)
     */
    function setLoaningActive(bool _loaningActive) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.loaningActive = _loaningActive;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow owner to loan their tokens to other addresses
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to loan
     * @param _receiver The address of the receiver of the loan
     */
    function loan(uint256 _tokenId, address _receiver) external nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(
            state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] == address(0),
            "CANNOT_LOAN_BORROWED_TOKEN"
        );
        require(state.advCfg.loaningActive, "NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
        require(_receiver != msg.sender, "CANNOT_LOAN_TO_SELF");
        // Transfer the token - must do this before updating the mapping otherwise transfer will fail; nonReentrant modifier will prevent reentrancy
        safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, _receiver, _tokenId);
        // Add it to the mapping of originally loaned tokens
        state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] = msg.sender;
        // Add to the owner's loan balance
        state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[msg.sender] += 1;
        state.data.currentLoanTotal += 1;
        emit Loan(msg.sender, _receiver, _tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow the original owner of a token to retrieve a loaned token
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to retrieve
     */
    function retrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external nonReentrant {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        address borrowerAddress = ownerOf(_tokenId);
        require(borrowerAddress != msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
        require(
            state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId] == msg.sender,
            "MUST_OWN_TOKEN"
        );
        // Remove it from the array of loaned out tokens
        delete state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId];
        // Subtract from the owner's loan balance
        state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[msg.sender] -= 1;
        state.data.currentLoanTotal -= 1;
        // Transfer the token back
        _directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId);
        safeTransferFrom(borrowerAddress, msg.sender, _tokenId);
        emit LoanRetrieved(borrowerAddress, msg.sender, _tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow contract owner to retrieve a loan to prevent malicious floor listings
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to retrieve
     */
    function adminRetrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        address borrowerAddress = ownerOf(_tokenId);
        address loanerAddress = state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId];
        require(loanerAddress != address(0), "TOKEN_NOT_LOANED");
        // Remove it from the array of loaned out tokens
        delete state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[_tokenId];
        // Subtract from the owner's loan balance
        state.data.totalLoanedPerAddress[loanerAddress] -= 1;
        state.data.currentLoanTotal -= 1;
        // Transfer the token back
        _directApproveMsgSenderFor(_tokenId);
        safeTransferFrom(borrowerAddress, loanerAddress, _tokenId);
        emit LoanRetrieved(borrowerAddress, loanerAddress, _tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * Returns the total number of loaned tokens
     */
    function totalLoaned() public view returns (uint256) {
        return HeyMintStorage.state().data.currentLoanTotal;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the loaned balance of an address
     * @param _owner The address to check
     */
    function loanedBalanceOf(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {
        return HeyMintStorage.state().data.totalLoanedPerAddress[_owner];
    }

    /**
     * Returns all the token ids loaned by a given address
     * @param _owner The address to check
     */
    function loanedTokensByAddress(
        address _owner
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256 totalTokensLoaned = loanedBalanceOf(_owner);
        uint256 mintedSoFar = totalSupply();
        uint256 tokenIdsIdx = 0;
        uint256[] memory allTokenIds = new uint256[](totalTokensLoaned);
        for (
            uint256 i = 1;
            i <= mintedSoFar && tokenIdsIdx != totalTokensLoaned;
            i++
        ) {
            if (HeyMintStorage.state().data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[i] == _owner) {
                allTokenIds[tokenIdsIdx] = i;
                tokenIdsIdx++;
            }
        }
        return allTokenIds;
    }

    // ============ REFUND ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the refund price in wei. Refund price is stored with 5 decimals (1 = 0.00001 ETH), so total 5 + 13 == 18 decimals
     */
    function refundPriceInWei() public view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundPrice) * 10 ** 13;
    }

    /**
     * Will return true if token holders can still return their tokens for a refund
     */
    function refundGuaranteeActive() public view returns (bool) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        return block.timestamp < state.advCfg.refundEndsAt;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the address where tokens are sent when refunded
     * @param _refundAddress The new refund address
     */
    function setRefundAddress(address _refundAddress) external onlyOwner {
        require(_refundAddress != address(0), "CANNOT_SEND_TO_ZERO_ADDRESS");
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundAddress = _refundAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Increase the period of time where token holders can still return their tokens for a refund
     * @param _newRefundEndsAt The new timestamp when the refund period ends. Must be greater than the current timestamp
     */
    function increaseRefundEndsAt(uint32 _newRefundEndsAt) external onlyOwner {
        AdvancedConfig storage advCfg = HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg;
        require(
            _newRefundEndsAt > advCfg.refundEndsAt,
            "MUST_INCREASE_DURATION"
        );
        HeyMintStorage.state().advCfg.refundEndsAt = _newRefundEndsAt;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Refund token and return the refund price to the token owner.
     * @param _tokenId The id of the token to refund
     */
    function refund(uint256 _tokenId) external nonReentrant {
        require(refundGuaranteeActive(), "REFUND_GUARANTEE_EXPIRED");
        require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "MUST_OWN_TOKEN");
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();

        // In case refunds are enabled with conditional funding, don't allow burnToRefund on refunded tokens
        if (state.cfg.fundingEndsAt > 0) {
            delete state.data.pricePaid[_tokenId];
        }

        address addressToSendToken = state.advCfg.refundAddress != address(0)
            ? state.advCfg.refundAddress
            : owner();

        safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, addressToSendToken, _tokenId);

        (bool success, ) = payable(msg.sender).call{value: refundPriceInWei()}(
            ""
        );
        require(success, "TRANSFER_FAILED");
    }
}

File 45 of 66 : HeyMintERC721AReference.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

/**
 * @title HeyMint ERC721A Function Reference
 * @author HeyMint Launchpad (https://join.heymint.xyz)
 * @notice This is a function reference contract for Etherscan reference purposes only.
 * This contract includes all the functions from multiple implementation contracts.
 */
contract HeyMintERC721AReference {
    struct BaseConfig {
        bool publicSaleActive;
        bool usePublicSaleTimes;
        bool presaleActive;
        bool usePresaleTimes;
        bool soulbindingActive;
        bool randomHashActive;
        bool enforceRoyalties;
        bool heyMintFeeActive;
        uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerAddress;
        uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress;
        uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
        uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
        uint16 maxSupply;
        uint16 presaleMaxSupply;
        uint16 royaltyBps;
        uint32 publicPrice;
        uint32 presalePrice;
        uint24 projectId;
        string uriBase;
        address presaleSignerAddress;
        uint32 publicSaleStartTime;
        uint32 publicSaleEndTime;
        uint32 presaleStartTime;
        uint32 presaleEndTime;
        uint32 fundingEndsAt;
        uint32 fundingTarget;
    }

    struct TokenOwnership {
        address addr;
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        bool burned;
        uint24 extraData;
    }

    struct AdvancedConfig {
        bool stakingActive;
        bool loaningActive;
        bool freeClaimActive;
        uint8 mintsPerFreeClaim;
        address freeClaimContractAddress;
        bool burnClaimActive;
        bool useBurnTokenIdForMetadata;
        uint8 mintsPerBurn;
        uint32 burnPayment;
        bool payoutAddressesFrozen;
        uint32 refundEndsAt;
        uint32 refundPrice;
        bool metadataFrozen;
        bool soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled;
        bool depositClaimActive;
        uint32 remainingDepositPayment;
        address depositContractAddress;
        bytes32 depositMerkleRoot;
        uint16[] payoutBasisPoints;
        address[] payoutAddresses;
        address royaltyPayoutAddress;
        address soulboundAdminAddress;
        address refundAddress;
        address creditCardMintAddress;
    }

    struct BurnToken {
        address contractAddress;
        uint8 tokenType;
        uint8 tokensPerBurn;
        uint16 tokenId;
    }

    function CORI_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS() external view returns (address) {}

    function EMPTY_SUBSCRIPTION_ADDRESS() external view returns (address) {}

    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable {}

    function balanceOf(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function explicitOwnershipOf(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {}

    function explicitOwnershipsOf(
        uint256[] memory tokenIds
    ) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory) {}

    function freezeMetadata() external {}

    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {}

    function defaultHeymintFeePerToken() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function heymintFeePerToken() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function setHeymintFeePerToken(uint256 _heymintFeePerToken) external {}

    function heymintPayoutAddress() external view returns (address) {}

    function initialize(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        BaseConfig memory _config
    ) external {}

    function isApprovedForAll(
        address _owner,
        address operator
    ) external view returns (bool) {}

    function isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked() external view returns (bool) {}

    function name() external view returns (string memory) {}

    function numberMinted(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function owner() external view returns (address) {}

    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {}

    function pause() external {}

    function paused() external view returns (bool) {}

    function publicMint(uint256 _numTokens) external payable {}

    function publicPriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function publicSaleTimeIsActive() external view returns (bool) {}

    function refundGuaranteeActive() external view returns (bool) {}

    function renounceOwnership() external {}

    function revokeOperatorFilterRegistry() external {}

    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256,
        uint256 _salePrice
    ) external view returns (address, uint256) {}

    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable {}

    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) external payable {}

    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external {}

    function setBaseURI(string memory _newBaseURI) external {}

    function setPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(uint8 _mintsAllowed) external {}

    function setPublicMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external {}

    function setPublicPrice(uint32 _publicPrice) external {}

    function setPublicSaleEndTime(uint32 _publicSaleEndTime) external {}

    function setPublicSaleStartTime(uint32 _publicSaleStartTime) external {}

    function setPublicSaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external {}

    function setUsePublicSaleTimes(bool _usePublicSaleTimes) external {}

    function setUser(uint256 tokenId, address user, uint64 expires) external {}

    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) external view returns (bool) {}

    function symbol() external view returns (string memory) {}

    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory) {}

    function tokensOfOwner(
        address _owner
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {}

    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address _owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {}

    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable {}

    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external {}

    function unpause() external {}

    function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function userOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address) {}

    function withdraw() external {}

    function freezePayoutAddresses() external {}

    function getSettings()
        external
        view
        returns (
            BaseConfig memory,
            AdvancedConfig memory,
            BurnToken[] memory,
            bool,
            bool,
            bool,
            uint256
        )
    {}

    function gift(
        address[] memory _receivers,
        uint256[] memory _mintNumber
    ) external payable {}

    function reduceMaxSupply(uint16 _newMaxSupply) external {}

    function setRoyaltyBasisPoints(uint16 _royaltyBps) external {}

    function setRoyaltyPayoutAddress(address _royaltyPayoutAddress) external {}

    function updateAdvancedConfig(
        AdvancedConfig memory _advancedConfig
    ) external {}

    function updateBaseConfig(BaseConfig memory _baseConfig) external {}

    function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints(
        address[] memory _payoutAddresses,
        uint16[] memory _payoutBasisPoints
    ) external {}

    function heymintAdminAddress() external view returns (address) {}

    function burnAddress() external view returns (address) {}

    function burnToMint(
        address[] memory _contracts,
        uint256[][] memory _tokenIds,
        uint256 _tokensToMint
    ) external payable {}

    function presaleMint(
        bytes32 _messageHash,
        bytes memory _signature,
        uint256 _numTokens,
        uint256 _maximumAllowedMints
    ) external payable {}

    function presalePriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function presaleTimeIsActive() external view returns (bool) {}

    function reducePresaleMaxSupply(uint16 _newPresaleMaxSupply) external {}

    function setBurnClaimState(bool _burnClaimActive) external {}

    function setPresaleEndTime(uint32 _presaleEndTime) external {}

    function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress(uint8 _mintsAllowed) external {}

    function setPresaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction(
        uint8 _mintsAllowed
    ) external {}

    function setPresalePrice(uint32 _presalePrice) external {}

    function setPresaleSignerAddress(address _presaleSignerAddress) external {}

    function setPresaleStartTime(uint32 _presaleStartTime) external {}

    function setPresaleState(bool _saleActiveState) external {}

    function setUseBurnTokenIdForMetadata(
        bool _useBurnTokenIdForMetadata
    ) external {}

    function setUsePresaleTimes(bool _usePresaleTimes) external {}

    function updateBurnTokens(BurnToken[] memory _burnTokens) external {}

    function updateMintsPerBurn(uint8 _mintsPerBurn) external {}

    function adminUnstake(uint256 _tokenId) external {}

    function baseTokenURI() external view returns (string memory) {}

    function checkFreeClaimEligibility(
        uint256[] memory _tokenIDs
    ) external view returns (bool[] memory) {}

    function currentTokenStakeTime(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function disableSoulbindAdminTransfersPermanently() external {}

    function freeClaim(uint256[] memory _tokenIDs) external payable {}

    function getRandomHashes(
        uint256[] memory _tokenIDs
    ) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {}

    function setFreeClaimContractAddress(
        address _freeClaimContractAddress
    ) external {}

    function setFreeClaimState(bool _freeClaimActive) external {}

    function setGenerateRandomHashState(bool _randomHashActive) external {}

    function setSoulbindingState(bool _soulbindingActive) external {}

    function setSoulboundAdminAddress(address _adminAddress) external {}

    function setStakingState(bool _stakingState) external {}

    function setTokenURIs(
        uint256[] memory _tokenIds,
        string[] memory _newURIs
    ) external {}

    function soulboundAdminTransfer(
        address _from,
        address _to,
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external {}

    function stakeTokens(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {}

    function stakingTransfer(
        address _from,
        address _to,
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external {}

    function totalTokenStakeTime(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function unstakeTokens(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {}

    function updateMintsPerFreeClaim(uint8 _mintsPerFreeClaim) external {}

    function adminRetrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external {}

    function burnDepositTokensToMint(
        uint256[] memory _tokenIds,
        bytes32[][] memory _merkleProofs
    ) external payable {}

    function burnToRefund(uint256[] memory _tokenIds) external {}

    function determineFundingSuccess() external {}

    function fundingTargetInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function increaseRefundEndsAt(uint32 _newRefundEndsAt) external {}

    function loan(uint256 _tokenId, address _receiver) external {}

    function loanedBalanceOf(address _owner) external view returns (uint256) {}

    function loanedTokensByAddress(
        address _owner
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {}

    function refund(uint256 _tokenId) external {}

    function refundPriceInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function remainingDepositPaymentInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function retrieveLoan(uint256 _tokenId) external {}

    function setDepositClaimState(bool _depositClaimActive) external {}

    function setDepositContractAddress(
        address _depositContractAddress
    ) external {}

    function setDepositMerkleRoot(bytes32 _depositMerkleRoot) external {}

    function setLoaningActive(bool _loaningActive) external {}

    function setRefundAddress(address _refundAddress) external {}

    function setRemainingDepositPayment(
        uint32 _remainingDepositPayment
    ) external {}

    function totalLoaned() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function burnPaymentInWei() external view returns (uint256) {}

    function updatePaymentPerBurn(uint32 _burnPayment) external {}

    function setCreditCardMintAddress(
        address _creditCardMintAddress
    ) external {}

    function creditCardMint(uint256 _numTokens, address _to) external payable {}

    function getDefaultCreditCardMintAddresses()
        public
        pure
        returns (address[5] memory)
    {}
}

File 46 of 66 : HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {Data, HeyMintStorage} from "../libraries/HeyMintStorage.sol";
import {ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC721AStorage} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC4907AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol";
import {ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import {OwnableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import {PausableUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
import {RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable
 * @author HeyMint Launchpad (https://join.heymint.xyz)
 * @notice This contract contains shared logic to be inherited by all implementation contracts
 */
contract HeyMintERC721AUpgradeable is
    ERC4907AUpgradeable,
    ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable,
    OwnableUpgradeable,
    PausableUpgradeable,
    ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
    RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable
{
    using HeyMintStorage for HeyMintStorage.State;

    uint256 public constant defaultHeymintFeePerToken = 0.0007 ether;
    address public constant heymintPayoutAddress =
        0xE1FaC470dE8dE91c66778eaa155C64c7ceEFc851;

    // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============

    /**
     * @dev Overrides the default ERC721A _startTokenId() so tokens begin at 1 instead of 0
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Wraps and exposes publicly _numberMinted() from ERC721A
     * @param _owner The address of the owner to check
     */
    function numberMinted(address _owner) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _numberMinted(_owner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Used to directly approve a token for transfers by the current msg.sender,
     * bypassing the typical checks around msg.sender being the owner of a given token.
     * This approval will be automatically deleted once the token is transferred.
     * @param _tokenId The ID of the token to approve
     */
    function _directApproveMsgSenderFor(uint256 _tokenId) internal {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[_tokenId].value = msg.sender;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns the owner of the contract
     */
    function owner()
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(OwnableUpgradeable, RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable)
        returns (address)
    {
        return OwnableUpgradeable.owner();
    }

    // https://chiru-labs.github.io/ERC721A/#/migration?id=supportsinterface
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the contract implements the interface defined by interfaceId
     * @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    )
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC4907AUpgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        // Supports the following interfaceIds:
        // - IERC165: 0x01ffc9a7
        // - IERC721: 0x80ac58cd
        // - IERC721Metadata: 0x5b5e139f
        // - IERC2981: 0x2a55205a
        // - IERC4907: 0xad092b5c
        return
            ERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            ERC4907AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    // ============ HEYMINT FEE ============

    /**
     * @notice Returns the HeyMint fee per token. If the fee is 0, the default fee is returned
     */
    function heymintFeePerToken() public view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 fee = HeyMintStorage.state().data.heymintFeePerToken;
        return fee == 0 ? defaultHeymintFeePerToken : fee;
    }

    // ============ OPERATOR FILTER REGISTRY ============

    /**
     * @notice Override default ERC-721 setApprovalForAll to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     * @param operator Address to add to the set of authorized operators
     * @param approved True if the operator is approved, false to revoke approval
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(
        address operator,
        bool approved
    )
        public
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        require(
            !HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive,
            "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND"
        );
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Override default ERC721 approve to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     * @param to Address to receive the approval
     * @param tokenId ID of the token to be approved
     */
    function approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(to)
    {
        require(
            !HeyMintStorage.state().cfg.soulbindingActive,
            "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND"
        );
        super.approve(to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     *      The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     *      The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     *      The added modifier ensures that the operator is allowed by the OperatorFilterRegistry.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }

    // ============ RANDOM HASH ============

    /**
     * @notice Generate a suitably random hash from block data
     * Can be used later to determine any sort of arbitrary outcome
     * @param _tokenId The token ID to generate a random hash for
     */
    function _generateRandomHash(uint256 _tokenId) internal {
        Data storage data = HeyMintStorage.state().data;
        if (data.randomHashStore[_tokenId] == bytes32(0)) {
            data.randomHashStore[_tokenId] = keccak256(
                abi.encode(block.prevrandao, _tokenId)
            );
        }
    }

    // ============ TOKEN TRANSFER CHECKS ============

    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal override whenNotPaused onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        HeyMintStorage.State storage state = HeyMintStorage.state();
        require(
            !state.advCfg.stakingActive ||
                state.data.stakingTransferActive ||
                state.data.currentTimeStaked[tokenId] == 0,
            "TOKEN_IS_STAKED"
        );
        require(
            state.data.tokenOwnersOnLoan[tokenId] == address(0),
            "CANNOT_TRANSFER_LOANED_TOKEN"
        );
        if (
            state.cfg.soulbindingActive &&
            !state.data.soulboundAdminTransferInProgress
        ) {
            require(from == address(0), "TOKEN_IS_SOULBOUND");
        }
        if (state.cfg.randomHashActive && from == address(0)) {
            _generateRandomHash(tokenId);
        }

        super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, quantity);
    }
}

File 47 of 66 : IAddressRelay.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;

struct Implementation {
    address implAddress;
    bytes4[] selectors;
}

interface IAddressRelay {
    /**
     * @notice Returns the fallback implementation address
     */
    function fallbackImplAddress() external returns (address);

    /**
     * @notice Adds or updates selectors and their implementation addresses
     * @param _selectors The selectors to add or update
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address the selectors will point to
     */
    function addOrUpdateSelectors(
        bytes4[] memory _selectors,
        address _implAddress
    ) external;

    /**
     * @notice Removes selectors
     * @param _selectors The selectors to remove
     */
    function removeSelectors(bytes4[] memory _selectors) external;

    /**
     * @notice Removes an implementation address and all the selectors that point to it
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address to remove
     */
    function removeImplAddressAndAllSelectors(address _implAddress) external;

    /**
     * @notice Returns the implementation address for a given function selector
     * @param _functionSelector The function selector to get the implementation address for
     */
    function getImplAddress(
        bytes4 _functionSelector
    ) external view returns (address implAddress_);

    /**
     * @notice Returns all the implementation addresses and the selectors they support
     * @return impls_ An array of Implementation structs
     */
    function getAllImplAddressesAndSelectors()
        external
        view
        returns (Implementation[] memory impls_);

    /**
     * @notice Return all the fucntion selectors associated with an implementation address
     * @param _implAddress The implementation address to get the selectors for
     */
    function getSelectorsForImplAddress(
        address _implAddress
    ) external view returns (bytes4[] memory selectors_);

    /**
     * @notice Sets the fallback implementation address to use when a function selector is not found
     * @param _fallbackAddress The fallback implementation address
     */
    function setFallbackImplAddress(address _fallbackAddress) external;

    /**
     * @notice Updates the supported interfaces
     * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to update
     * @param _supported Whether the interface is supported or not
     */
    function updateSupportedInterfaces(
        bytes4 _interfaceId,
        bool _supported
    ) external;

    /**
     * @notice Returns whether the interface is supported or not
     * @param _interfaceId The interface ID to check
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 _interfaceId
    ) external view returns (bool);
}

File 48 of 66 : IERC165.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;

interface IERC165 {
    /// @notice Query if a contract implements an interface
    /// @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
    /// @dev Interface identification is specified in ERC-165. This function
    ///  uses less than 30,000 gas.
    /// @return `true` if the contract implements `interfaceID` and
    ///  `interfaceID` is not 0xffffffff, `false` otherwise
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

File 49 of 66 : IERC173.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;

/// @title ERC-173 Contract Ownership Standard
///  Note: the ERC-165 identifier for this interface is 0x7f5828d0
/* is ERC165 */
interface IERC173 {
    /// @dev This emits when ownership of a contract changes.
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );

    /// @notice Get the address of the owner
    /// @return owner_ The address of the owner.
    function owner() external view returns (address owner_);

    /// @notice Set the address of the new owner of the contract
    /// @dev Set _newOwner to address(0) to renounce any ownership.
    /// @param _newOwner The address of the new owner of the contract
    function transferOwnership(address _newOwner) external;
}

File 50 of 66 : IExchangeOperatorAddressList.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.18;

interface IExchangeOperatorAddressList {
    /**
     * @notice Returns an integer representing the exchange a given operator address belongs to (0 if none)
     * @param _operatorAddress The operator address to map to an exchange
     */
    function operatorAddressToExchange(
        address _operatorAddress
    ) external view returns (uint256);
}

File 51 of 66 : HeyMintStorage.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

struct BaseConfig {
    // If true tokens can be minted in the public sale
    bool publicSaleActive;
    // If enabled, automatic start and stop times for the public sale will be enforced, otherwise ignored
    bool usePublicSaleTimes;
    // If true tokens can be minted in the presale
    bool presaleActive;
    // If enabled, automatic start and stop times for the presale will be enforced, otherwise ignored
    bool usePresaleTimes;
    // If true, all tokens will be soulbound
    bool soulbindingActive;
    // If true, a random hash will be generated for each token
    bool randomHashActive;
    // If true, the default CORI subscription address will be used to enforce royalties with the Operator Filter Registry
    bool enforceRoyalties;
    // If true, HeyMint fees will be charged for minting tokens
    bool heyMintFeeActive;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted in the public sale per address
    uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerAddress;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted in the presale per address
    uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted in the public sale per transaction
    uint8 publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted in the presale sale per transaction
    uint8 presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction;
    // Maximum supply of tokens that can be minted
    uint16 maxSupply;
    // Total number of tokens available for minting in the presale
    uint16 presaleMaxSupply;
    // The royalty payout percentage in basis points
    uint16 royaltyBps;
    // The price of a token in the public sale in 1/100,000 ETH - e.g. 1 = 0.00001 ETH, 100,000 = 1 ETH - multiply by 10^13 to get correct wei amount
    uint32 publicPrice;
    // The price of a token in the presale in 1/100,000 ETH
    uint32 presalePrice;
    // Used to create a default HeyMint Launchpad URI for token metadata to save gas over setting a custom URI and increase fetch reliability
    uint24 projectId;
    // The base URI for all token metadata
    string uriBase;
    // The address used to sign and validate presale mints
    address presaleSignerAddress;
    // The automatic start time for the public sale (if usePublicSaleTimes is true and publicSaleActive is true)
    uint32 publicSaleStartTime;
    // The automatic end time for the public sale (if usePublicSaleTimes is true and publicSaleActive is true)
    uint32 publicSaleEndTime;
    // The automatic start time for the presale (if usePresaleTimes is true and presaleActive is true)
    uint32 presaleStartTime;
    // The automatic end time for the presale (if usePresaleTimes is true and presaleActive is true)
    uint32 presaleEndTime;
    // If set, the UTC timestamp in seconds by which the fundingTarget must be met or funds are refundable
    uint32 fundingEndsAt;
    // The amount of centiETH that must be raised by fundingEndsAt or funds are refundable - multiply by 10^16
    uint32 fundingTarget;
}

struct AdvancedConfig {
    // When false, tokens cannot be staked but can still be unstaked
    bool stakingActive;
    // When false, tokens cannot be loaned but can still be retrieved
    bool loaningActive;
    // If true tokens can be claimed for free
    bool freeClaimActive;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted per free claim
    uint8 mintsPerFreeClaim;
    // Optional address of an NFT that is eligible for free claim
    address freeClaimContractAddress;
    // If true tokens can be burned in order to mint
    bool burnClaimActive;
    // If true, the original token id of a burned token will be used for metadata
    bool useBurnTokenIdForMetadata;
    // The number of tokens that can be minted per burn transaction
    uint8 mintsPerBurn;
    // The payment required alongside a burn transaction in order to mint in 1/100,000 ETH
    uint32 burnPayment;
    // Permanently freezes payout addresses and basis points so they can never be updated
    bool payoutAddressesFrozen;
    // If set, the UTC timestamp in seconds until which tokens are refundable for refundPrice
    uint32 refundEndsAt;
    // The amount returned to a user in a token refund in 1/100,000 ETH
    uint32 refundPrice;
    // Permanently freezes metadata so it can never be changed
    bool metadataFrozen;
    // If true the soulbind admin address is permanently disabled
    bool soulbindAdminTransfersPermanentlyDisabled;
    // If true deposit tokens can be burned in order to mint
    bool depositClaimActive;
    // If additional payment is required to mint, this is the amount required in centiETH
    uint32 remainingDepositPayment;
    // The deposit token smart contract address
    address depositContractAddress;
    // The merkle root used to validate if deposit tokens are eligible to burn to mint
    bytes32 depositMerkleRoot;
    // The respective share of funds to be sent to each address in payoutAddresses in basis points
    uint16[] payoutBasisPoints;
    // The addresses to which funds are sent when a token is sold. If empty, funds are sent to the contract owner.
    address[] payoutAddresses;
    // Optional address where royalties are paid out. If not set, royalties are paid to the contract owner.
    address royaltyPayoutAddress;
    // Used to allow transferring soulbound tokens with admin privileges. Defaults to the contract owner if not set.
    address soulboundAdminAddress;
    // The address where refunded tokens are returned. If not set, refunded tokens are sent to the contract owner.
    address refundAddress;
    // An address authorized to call the creditCardMint function.
    address creditCardMintAddress;
}

struct BurnToken {
    // The contract address of the token to be burned
    address contractAddress;
    // The type of contract - 1 = ERC-721, 2 = ERC-1155
    uint8 tokenType;
    // The number of tokens to burn per mint
    uint8 tokensPerBurn;
    // The ID of the token on an ERC-1155 contract eligible for burn; unused for ERC-721
    uint16 tokenId;
}

struct Data {
    // ============ BASE FUNCTIONALITY ============
    // HeyMint fee to be paid per minted token (if not set, defaults to defaultHeymintFeePerToken)
    uint256 heymintFeePerToken;
    // Keeps track of if advanced config settings have been initialized to prevent setting multiple times
    bool advancedConfigInitialized;
    // A mapping of token IDs to specific tokenURIs for tokens that have custom metadata
    mapping(uint256 => string) tokenURIs;
    // ============ CONDITIONAL FUNDING ============
    // If true, the funding target was reached and funds are not refundable
    bool fundingTargetReached;
    // If true, funding success has been determined and determineFundingSuccess() can no longer be called
    bool fundingSuccessDetermined;
    // A mapping of token ID to price paid for the token
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) pricePaid;
    // ============ SOULBINDING ============
    // Used to allow an admin to transfer soulbound tokens when necessary
    bool soulboundAdminTransferInProgress;
    // ============ BURN TO MINT ============
    // Maps a token id to the burn token id that was used to mint it to match metadata
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) tokenIdToBurnTokenId;
    // ============ STAKING ============
    // Used to allow direct transfers of staked tokens without unstaking first
    bool stakingTransferActive;
    // Returns the UNIX timestamp at which a token began staking if currently staked
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) currentTimeStaked;
    // Returns the total time a token has been staked in seconds, not counting the current staking time if any
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) totalTimeStaked;
    // ============ LOANING ============
    // Used to keep track of the total number of tokens on loan
    uint256 currentLoanTotal;
    // Returns the total number of tokens loaned by an address
    mapping(address => uint256) totalLoanedPerAddress;
    // Returns the address of the original token owner if a token is currently on loan
    mapping(uint256 => address) tokenOwnersOnLoan;
    // ============ FREE CLAIM ============
    // If true token has already been used to claim and cannot be used again
    mapping(uint256 => bool) freeClaimUsed;
    // ============ RANDOM HASH ============
    // Stores a random hash for each token ID
    mapping(uint256 => bytes32) randomHashStore;
}

library HeyMintStorage {
    struct State {
        BaseConfig cfg;
        AdvancedConfig advCfg;
        BurnToken[] burnTokens;
        Data data;
    }

    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT =
        keccak256("heymint.launchpad.storage.erc721a");

    function state() internal pure returns (State storage s) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            s.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

File 52 of 66 : EnumerableERC1155.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;

import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol";

/**
 * @author Created with HeyMint Launchpad https://launchpad.heymint.xyz
 * @notice This contract handles minting Verification test tokens.
 */
contract EnumerableERC1155 is
    ERC1155Supply,
    Ownable,
    Pausable,
    ReentrancyGuard,
    ERC2981
{
    using ECDSA for bytes32;

    // Used to validate authorized presale mint addresses
    address private presaleSignerAddress =
        0x0fE6E0D15E6F775138Ab556dE54B96d5C1358F3D;
    address public royaltyAddress = 0x7A4dF7B461f1bE3e88373a4d933aeefE2FAdcE71;
    address[] public payoutAddresses = [
        0xD3371FD388664Bd16A267788dbE977582B850f5b
    ];
    // Permanently freezes metadata for all tokens so they can never be changed
    bool public allMetadataFrozen = false;
    // If true, payout addresses and basis points are permanently frozen and can never be updated
    bool public payoutAddressesFrozen;
    // The amount of tokens minted by a given address for a given token id
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256))
        public tokensMintedByAddress;
    // Permanently freezes metadata for a specific token id so it can never be changed
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenMetadataFrozen;
    // If true, the given token id can never be minted again
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled;
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenPresaleSaleActive;
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenPublicSaleActive;
    // If true, sale start and end times for the presale will be enforced, else ignored
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenUsePresaleTimes;
    // If true, sale start and end times for the public sale will be enforced, else ignored
    mapping(uint256 => bool) public tokenUsePublicSaleTimes;
    mapping(uint256 => string) public tokenURI;
    // Maximum supply of tokens that can be minted for each token id. If zero, this token is open edition and has no mint limit
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenMaxSupply;
    // If zero, this token is open edition and has no mint limit
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleMaxSupply;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresalePrice;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleSaleEndTime;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPresaleSaleStartTime;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicMintsPerAddress;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicPrice;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicSaleEndTime;
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public tokenPublicSaleStartTime;
    string public name = "Verification test";
    string public symbol = "VRT";
    // The respective share of funds to be sent to each address in payoutAddresses in basis points
    uint256[] public payoutBasisPoints = [10000];
    uint96 public royaltyFee = 0;

    constructor()
        ERC1155(
            "ipfs://bafybeicin4rmb5y44r2a5jhwvobfgxutabetrttoi3u2po7pdymxt7dwdy/{id}"
        )
    {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee);
        tokenPublicPrice[1] = 0.1 ether;
        tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[1] = 0;
        require(
            payoutAddresses.length == payoutBasisPoints.length,
            "PAYOUT_ARRAYS_NOT_SAME_LENGTH"
        );
        uint256 totalPayoutBasisPoints = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutBasisPoints.length; i++) {
            totalPayoutBasisPoints += payoutBasisPoints[i];
        }
        require(
            totalPayoutBasisPoints == 10000,
            "TOTAL_BASIS_POINTS_MUST_BE_10000"
        );
    }

    modifier originalUser() {
        require(tx.origin == msg.sender, "CANNOT_CALL_FROM_CONTRACT");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns a custom URI for each token id if set
     */
    function uri(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public view override returns (string memory) {
        // If no URI exists for the specific id requested, fallback to the default ERC-1155 URI.
        if (bytes(tokenURI[_tokenId]).length == 0) {
            return super.uri(_tokenId);
        }
        return tokenURI[_tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Sets a URI for a specific token id.
     */
    function setURI(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        string calldata _newTokenURI
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            !allMetadataFrozen && !tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId],
            "METADATA_HAS_BEEN_FROZEN"
        );
        tokenURI[_tokenId] = _newTokenURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the global default ERC-1155 base URI
     */
    function setGlobalURI(string calldata _newTokenURI) external onlyOwner {
        require(!allMetadataFrozen, "METADATA_HAS_BEEN_FROZEN");
        _setURI(_newTokenURI);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Freeze metadata for a specific token id so it can never be changed again
     */
    function freezeTokenMetadata(uint256 _tokenId) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            !tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId],
            "METADATA_HAS_ALREADY_BEEN_FROZEN"
        );
        tokenMetadataFrozen[_tokenId] = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Freeze all metadata so it can never be changed again
     */
    function freezeAllMetadata() external onlyOwner {
        require(!allMetadataFrozen, "METADATA_HAS_ALREADY_BEEN_FROZEN");
        allMetadataFrozen = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Reduce the max supply of tokens for a given token id
     * @param _newMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint
     * @param _tokenId The token id to reduce the max supply for
     */
    function reduceMaxSupply(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _newMaxSupply
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                _newMaxSupply < tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId],
            "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH"
        );
        require(
            _newMaxSupply >= totalSupply(_tokenId),
            "SUPPLY_LOWER_THAN_MINTED_TOKENS"
        );
        tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] = _newMaxSupply;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Lock a token id so that it can never be minted again
     */
    function permanentlyDisableTokenMinting(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external onlyOwner {
        tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId] = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Change the royalty fee for the collection
     */
    function setRoyaltyFee(uint96 _feeNumerator) external onlyOwner {
        royaltyFee = _feeNumerator;
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Change the royalty address where royalty payouts are sent
     */
    function setRoyaltyAddress(address _royaltyAddress) external onlyOwner {
        royaltyAddress = _royaltyAddress;
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyAddress, royaltyFee);
    }

    function pause() external onlyOwner {
        _pause();
    }

    function unpause() external onlyOwner {
        _unpause();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Override ERC1155 such that zero amount token transfers are disallowed.
     * This prevents arbitrary 'creation' of new tokens in the collection by anyone.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) public override {
        require(amount > 0, "AMOUNT_CANNOT_BE_ZERO");
        return super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, amount, data);
    }

    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 _interfaceId
    ) public view override(ERC1155, ERC2981) returns (bool) {
        return super.supportsInterface(_interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow owner to send tokens without cost to multiple addresses
     */
    function giftTokens(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        address[] calldata _receivers,
        uint256[] calldata _mintNumber
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            !tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId],
            "MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED"
        );
        uint256 totalMint = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber.length; i++) {
            totalMint += _mintNumber[i];
        }
        // require either no tokenMaxSupply set or tokenMaxSupply not maxed out
        require(
            tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                totalSupply(_tokenId) + totalMint <= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId],
            "MINT_TOO_LARGE"
        );
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) {
            _mint(_receivers[i], _tokenId, _mintNumber[i], "");
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow public sale minting for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPublicSaleState(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        bool _saleActiveState
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] != _saleActiveState,
            "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
        );
        tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] = _saleActiveState;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the public mint price for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPublicPrice(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _publicPrice
    ) external onlyOwner {
        tokenPublicPrice[_tokenId] = _publicPrice;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum public mints allowed per a given address for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPublicMintsAllowedPerAddress(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the start time for public mint for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPublicSaleStartTime(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _publicSaleStartTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_publicSaleStartTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        tokenPublicSaleStartTime[_tokenId] = _publicSaleStartTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the end time for public mint for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPublicSaleEndTime(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _publicSaleEndTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_publicSaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        tokenPublicSaleEndTime[_tokenId] = _publicSaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic public sale times for a given token
     */
    function setTokenUsePublicSaleTimes(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        bool _usePublicSaleTimes
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] != _usePublicSaleTimes,
            "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
        );
        tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] = _usePublicSaleTimes;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns if public sale times are active for a given token
     */
    function tokenPublicSaleTimeIsActive(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public view returns (bool) {
        if (tokenUsePublicSaleTimes[_tokenId] == false) {
            return true;
        }
        return
            block.timestamp >= tokenPublicSaleStartTime[_tokenId] &&
            block.timestamp <= tokenPublicSaleEndTime[_tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow for public minting of tokens for a given token
     */
    function mintToken(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _numTokens
    ) external payable originalUser nonReentrant {
        require(tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId], "PUBLIC_SALE_IS_NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            tokenPublicSaleTimeIsActive(_tokenId),
            "PUBLIC_SALE_TIME_IS_NOT_ACTIVE"
        );
        require(
            tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <=
                tokenPublicMintsPerAddress[_tokenId],
            "MAX_MINTS_FOR_ADDRESS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                totalSupply(_tokenId) + _numTokens <= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId],
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            msg.value == tokenPublicPrice[_tokenId] * _numTokens,
            "PAYMENT_INCORRECT"
        );
        require(
            !tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId],
            "MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED"
        );

        tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] += _numTokens;
        _mint(msg.sender, _tokenId, _numTokens, "");

        if (
            tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId] != 0 &&
            totalSupply(_tokenId) >= tokenMaxSupply[_tokenId]
        ) {
            tokenPublicSaleActive[_tokenId] = false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the signer address used to verify presale minting
     */
    function setPresaleSignerAddress(
        address _presaleSignerAddress
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_presaleSignerAddress != address(0));
        presaleSignerAddress = _presaleSignerAddress;
    }

    /**
     * @notice To be updated by contract owner to allow presale minting for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPresaleState(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        bool _saleActiveState
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] != _saleActiveState,
            "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
        );
        tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] = _saleActiveState;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the presale mint price for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPresalePrice(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _presalePrice
    ) external onlyOwner {
        tokenPresalePrice[_tokenId] = _presalePrice;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Set the maximum presale mints allowed per a given address for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPresaleMintsAllowedPerAddress(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _mintsAllowed
    ) external onlyOwner {
        tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] = _mintsAllowed;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Reduce the presale max supply of tokens for a given token id
     * @param _newPresaleMaxSupply The new maximum supply of tokens available to mint
     * @param _tokenId The token id to reduce the max supply for
     */
    function reducePresaleMaxSupply(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _newPresaleMaxSupply
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                _newPresaleMaxSupply < tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId],
            "NEW_MAX_SUPPLY_TOO_HIGH"
        );
        tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] = _newPresaleMaxSupply;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the start time for presale mint for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPresaleStartTime(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _presaleStartTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_presaleStartTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        tokenPresaleSaleStartTime[_tokenId] = _presaleStartTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the end time for presale mint for a given token
     */
    function setTokenPresaleEndTime(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _presaleEndTime
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(_presaleEndTime > block.timestamp, "TIME_IN_PAST");
        tokenPresaleSaleEndTime[_tokenId] = _presaleEndTime;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update whether or not to use the automatic presale times for a given token
     */
    function setTokenUsePresaleTimes(
        uint256 _tokenId,
        bool _usePresaleTimes
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] != _usePresaleTimes,
            "NEW_STATE_IDENTICAL_TO_OLD_STATE"
        );
        tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] = _usePresaleTimes;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Returns if presale times are active for a given token
     */
    function tokenPresaleTimeIsActive(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public view returns (bool) {
        if (tokenUsePresaleTimes[_tokenId] == false) {
            return true;
        }
        return
            block.timestamp >= tokenPresaleSaleStartTime[_tokenId] &&
            block.timestamp <= tokenPresaleSaleEndTime[_tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @notice Verify that a signed message is validly signed by the presaleSignerAddress
     */
    function verifySignerAddress(
        bytes32 _messageHash,
        bytes calldata _signature
    ) private view returns (bool) {
        return
            presaleSignerAddress ==
            _messageHash.toEthSignedMessageHash().recover(_signature);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow for allowlist minting of tokens
     */
    function presaleMint(
        bytes32 _messageHash,
        bytes calldata _signature,
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _numTokens,
        uint256 _maximumAllowedMints
    ) external payable originalUser nonReentrant {
        require(tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId], "PRESALE_IS_NOT_ACTIVE");
        require(
            tokenPresaleTimeIsActive(_tokenId),
            "PRESALE_TIME_IS_NOT_ACTIVE"
        );
        require(
            !tokenMintingPermanentlyDisabled[_tokenId],
            "MINTING_PERMANENTLY_DISABLED"
        );
        require(
            tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <=
                tokenPresaleMintsPerAddress[_tokenId],
            "MAX_MINTS_PER_ADDRESS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            _maximumAllowedMints == 0 ||
                tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] + _numTokens <=
                _maximumAllowedMints,
            "MAX_MINTS_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] == 0 ||
                totalSupply(_tokenId) + _numTokens <=
                tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId],
            "MAX_SUPPLY_EXCEEDED"
        );
        require(
            msg.value == tokenPresalePrice[_tokenId] * _numTokens,
            "PAYMENT_INCORRECT"
        );
        require(
            keccak256(abi.encode(msg.sender, _maximumAllowedMints, _tokenId)) ==
                _messageHash,
            "MESSAGE_INVALID"
        );
        require(
            verifySignerAddress(_messageHash, _signature),
            "SIGNATURE_VALIDATION_FAILED"
        );

        tokensMintedByAddress[msg.sender][_tokenId] += _numTokens;
        _mint(msg.sender, _tokenId, _numTokens, "");

        if (
            tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId] != 0 &&
            totalSupply(_tokenId) >= tokenPresaleMaxSupply[_tokenId]
        ) {
            tokenPresaleSaleActive[_tokenId] = false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Freeze all payout addresses and percentages so they can never be changed again
     */
    function freezePayoutAddresses() external onlyOwner {
        require(!payoutAddressesFrozen, "PAYOUT_ADDRESSES_ALREADY_FROZEN");
        payoutAddressesFrozen = true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update payout addresses and basis points for each addresses' respective share of contract funds
     */
    function updatePayoutAddressesAndBasisPoints(
        address[] calldata _payoutAddresses,
        uint256[] calldata _payoutBasisPoints
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(!payoutAddressesFrozen, "PAYOUT_ADDRESSES_FROZEN");
        require(
            _payoutAddresses.length == _payoutBasisPoints.length,
            "ARRAY_LENGTHS_MUST_MATCH"
        );
        uint256 totalBasisPoints = 0;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _payoutBasisPoints.length; i++) {
            totalBasisPoints += _payoutBasisPoints[i];
        }
        require(totalBasisPoints == 10000, "TOTAL_BASIS_POINTS_MUST_BE_10000");
        payoutAddresses = _payoutAddresses;
        payoutBasisPoints = _payoutBasisPoints;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Withdraws all funds held within contract
     */
    function withdraw() external onlyOwner nonReentrant {
        require(address(this).balance > 0, "CONTRACT_HAS_NO_BALANCE");
        uint256 balance = address(this).balance;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < payoutAddresses.length; i++) {
            uint256 amount = (balance * payoutBasisPoints[i]) / 10000;
            (bool success, ) = payoutAddresses[i].call{value: amount}("");
            require(success, "Transfer failed.");
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Override default ERC-1155 setApprovalForAll to require that the operator is not from a blocklisted exchange
     * @param operator Address to add to the set of authorized operators
     * @param approved True if the operator is approved, false to revoke approval
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) public override {
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }

    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal override whenNotPaused {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(operator, from, to, ids, amounts, data);
    }
}

File 53 of 66 : EnumerableERC721.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.18;

import {ERC721Enumerable, ERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol";
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {Counters} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Counters.sol";

/**
 * @title Basic Enumerable ERC721 Contract
 * @author Ben Yu
 * @notice An ERC721Enumerable contract with basic functionality
 */
contract EnumerableERC721 is ERC721Enumerable, Ownable {
    using Counters for Counters.Counter;
    Counters.Counter private supplyCounter;

    uint256 public constant PRICE = 0.01 ether;
    uint256 public constant MAX_SUPPLY = 1000;

    string public baseTokenURI =
        "ipfs://bafybeih5lgrstt7kredzhpcvmft2qefue5pl3ykrdktadw5w62zd7cbkja/";
    bool public publicSaleActive;

    /**
     * @notice Initialize the contract
     */
    constructor() ERC721("Test Contract", "TEST") {
        // Start token IDs at 1
        supplyCounter.increment();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Override the default base URI function to provide a real base URI
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return baseTokenURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Update the base token URI
     * @param _newBaseURI New base URI
     */
    function setBaseURI(string calldata _newBaseURI) external onlyOwner {
        baseTokenURI = _newBaseURI;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allows for public minting of tokens
     * @param _mintNumber Number of tokens to mint
     */
    function publicMint(uint256 _mintNumber) external payable virtual {
        require(msg.value == PRICE * _mintNumber, "INVALID_PRICE");
        require((totalSupply() + _mintNumber) <= MAX_SUPPLY, "MINT_TOO_LARGE");

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _mintNumber; i++) {
            _safeMint(msg.sender, supplyCounter.current());
            supplyCounter.increment();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow owner to send `mintNumber` tokens without cost to multiple addresses
     * @param _receivers Array of addresses to send tokens to
     * @param _mintNumber Number of tokens to send to each address
     */
    function gift(
        address[] calldata _receivers,
        uint256 _mintNumber
    ) external onlyOwner {
        require(
            (totalSupply() + (_receivers.length * _mintNumber)) <= MAX_SUPPLY,
            "MINT_TOO_LARGE"
        );

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _receivers.length; i++) {
            for (uint256 j = 0; j < _mintNumber; j++) {
                _safeMint(_receivers[i], supplyCounter.current());
                supplyCounter.increment();
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Allow contract owner to withdraw funds
     */
    function withdraw() external onlyOwner {
        payable(owner()).transfer(address(this).balance);
    }
}

File 54 of 66 : ERC721A__Initializable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 */

import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol';

abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable {
    using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout;

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializerERC721A() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing
                ? _isConstructor()
                : !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized'
        );

        bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true;
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true;
        }

        _;

        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() {
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing'
        );
        _;
    }

    /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        // extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and
        // address returns the current address. Since the code is still not
        // deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will
        // yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is
        // under construction or not.
        address self = address(this);
        uint256 cs;
        assembly {
            cs := extcodesize(self)
        }
        return cs == 0;
    }
}

File 55 of 66 : ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev This is a base storage for the  initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts
 **/

library ERC721A__InitializableStorage {
    struct Layout {
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        bool _initialized;
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool _initializing;
    }

    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet');

    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

File 56 of 66 : ERC721AStorage.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

library ERC721AStorage {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }

    struct Layout {
        // =============================================================
        //                            STORAGE
        // =============================================================

        // The next token ID to be minted.
        uint256 _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string _name;
        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
        // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..159]   `addr`
        // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
        // - [224]      `burned`
        // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
        // - [232..255] `extraData`
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..63]    `balance`
        // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
        // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
        // - [192..255] `aux`
        mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
        mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }

    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A');

    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

File 57 of 66 : ERC721AUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol';
import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol';

/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}

/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout;

    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================

    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;

    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;

    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;

    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;

    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;

    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;

    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;

    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;

    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;

    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;

    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;

    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;

    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;

    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;

    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================

    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }

    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }

    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }

    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();

        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }

    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }

    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
        if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId];
            // If not burned.
            if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                // If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
                if (packed == 0) {
                    if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // before an unintialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
                    //
                    // We can directly compare the packed value.
                    // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                    for (;;) {
                        unchecked {
                            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
                        }
                        if (packed == 0) continue;
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
                // This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
                // This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
                return packed;
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        _approve(to, tokenId, true);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();

        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);

        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();

        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);

        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();

        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);

        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }

        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );

            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try
            ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data)
        returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();

        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);

        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );

            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;

            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )

                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();

            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();

        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);

        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );

            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);

            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);

        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                       APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _approve(to, tokenId, false);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bool approvalCheck
    ) internal virtual {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);

        if (approvalCheck)
            if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
                if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                    revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }

        ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);

        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));

        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);

        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }

        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);

        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }

        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;

            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );

            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);

        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++;
        }
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}

    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)

            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str

            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }

            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}

File 58 of 66 : ERC4907AStorage.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import {ERC4907AUpgradeable} from './ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol';

library ERC4907AStorage {
    struct Layout {
        // Mapping from token ID to user info.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..159]   `user`
        // - [160..223] `expires`
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedUserInfo;
    }

    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC4907A');

    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

File 59 of 66 : ERC4907AUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import './IERC4907AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC4907AStorage} from './ERC4907AStorage.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';

/**
 * @title ERC4907A
 *
 * @dev [ERC4907](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4907) compliant
 * extension of ERC721A, which allows owners and authorized addresses
 * to add a time-limited role with restricted permissions to ERC721 tokens.
 */
abstract contract ERC4907AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC4907AUpgradeable {
    using ERC4907AStorage for ERC4907AStorage.Layout;

    function __ERC4907A_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC4907A_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ERC4907A_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}

    // The bit position of `expires` in packed user info.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXPIRES = 160;

    /**
     * @dev Sets the `user` and `expires` for `tokenId`.
     * The zero address indicates there is no user.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator.
     */
    function setUser(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address user,
        uint64 expires
    ) public virtual override {
        // Require the caller to be either the token owner or an approved operator.
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
            if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (getApproved(tokenId) != _msgSenderERC721A()) revert SetUserCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

        ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId] =
            (uint256(expires) << _BITPOS_EXPIRES) |
            uint256(uint160(user));

        emit UpdateUser(tokenId, user, expires);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`.
     * The zero address indicates that there is no user or if the user is expired.
     */
    function userOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        uint256 packed = ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId];
        assembly {
            // Branchless `packed *= (block.timestamp <= expires ? 1 : 0)`.
            // If the `block.timestamp == expires`, the `lt` clause will be true
            // if there is a non-zero user address in the lower 160 bits of `packed`.
            packed := mul(
                packed,
                // `block.timestamp <= expires ? 1 : 0`.
                lt(shl(_BITPOS_EXPIRES, timestamp()), packed)
            )
        }
        return address(uint160(packed));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the user's expires of `tokenId`.
     */
    function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId] >> _BITPOS_EXPIRES;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Override of {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        // The interface ID for ERC4907 is `0xad092b5c`,
        // as defined in [ERC4907](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4907).
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || interfaceId == 0xad092b5c;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`, ignoring the expiry status.
     */
    function _explicitUserOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(ERC4907AStorage.layout()._packedUserInfo[tokenId]));
    }
}

File 60 of 66 : ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import './IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';

/**
 * @title ERC721AQueryable.
 *
 * @dev ERC721A subclass with convenience query functions.
 */
abstract contract ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is
    ERC721A__Initializable,
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}

    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        TokenOwnership memory ownership;
        if (tokenId < _startTokenId() || tokenId >= _nextTokenId()) {
            return ownership;
        }
        ownership = _ownershipAt(tokenId);
        if (ownership.burned) {
            return ownership;
        }
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
        external
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (TokenOwnership[] memory)
    {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = tokenIds.length;
            TokenOwnership[] memory ownerships = new TokenOwnership[](tokenIdsLength);
            for (uint256 i; i != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownerships[i] = explicitOwnershipOf(tokenIds[i]);
            }
            return ownerships;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            if (start >= stop) revert InvalidQueryRange();
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            uint256 stopLimit = _nextTokenId();
            // Set `start = max(start, _startTokenId())`.
            if (start < _startTokenId()) {
                start = _startTokenId();
            }
            // Set `stop = min(stop, stopLimit)`.
            if (stop > stopLimit) {
                stop = stopLimit;
            }
            uint256 tokenIdsMaxLength = balanceOf(owner);
            // Set `tokenIdsMaxLength = min(balanceOf(owner), stop - start)`,
            // to cater for cases where `balanceOf(owner)` is too big.
            if (start < stop) {
                uint256 rangeLength = stop - start;
                if (rangeLength < tokenIdsMaxLength) {
                    tokenIdsMaxLength = rangeLength;
                }
            } else {
                tokenIdsMaxLength = 0;
            }
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsMaxLength);
            if (tokenIdsMaxLength == 0) {
                return tokenIds;
            }
            // We need to call `explicitOwnershipOf(start)`,
            // because the slot at `start` may not be initialized.
            TokenOwnership memory ownership = explicitOwnershipOf(start);
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            // If the starting slot exists (i.e. not burned), initialize `currOwnershipAddr`.
            // `ownership.address` will not be zero, as `start` is clamped to the valid token ID range.
            if (!ownership.burned) {
                currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
            }
            for (uint256 i = start; i != stop && tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsMaxLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            // Downsize the array to fit.
            assembly {
                mstore(tokenIds, tokenIdsIdx)
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = balanceOf(owner);
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsLength);
            TokenOwnership memory ownership;
            for (uint256 i = _startTokenId(); tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
}

File 61 of 66 : IERC4907AUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';

/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC4907A.
 */
interface IERC4907AUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error SetUserCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the `user` of an NFT or the `expires` of the `user` is changed.
     * The zero address for user indicates that there is no user address.
     */
    event UpdateUser(uint256 indexed tokenId, address indexed user, uint64 expires);

    /**
     * @dev Sets the `user` and `expires` for `tokenId`.
     * The zero address indicates there is no user.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator.
     */
    function setUser(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address user,
        uint64 expires
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the user address for `tokenId`.
     * The zero address indicates that there is no user or if the user is expired.
     */
    function userOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the user's expires of `tokenId`.
     */
    function userExpires(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (uint256);
}

File 62 of 66 : IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';

/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721AQueryable.
 */
interface IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * Invalid query range (`start` >= `stop`).
     */
    error InvalidQueryRange();

    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] memory tokenIds) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
}

File 63 of 66 : IERC721AUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs

pragma solidity ^0.8.4;

/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();

    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();

    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();

    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();

    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();

    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();

    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();

    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();

    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();

    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();

    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();

    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();

    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================

    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }

    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);

    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);

    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}

File 64 of 66 : IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
     *         true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
     */
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     */
    function register(address registrant) external;

    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;

    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
     *         address without subscribing.
     */
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;

    /**
     * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     *         Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
     *         Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
     */
    function unregister(address addr) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
     */
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
     */
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;

    /**
     * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
     *         subscription if present.
     *         Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
     *         subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
     *         used.
     */
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;

    /**
     * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;

    /**
     * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
     */
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);

    /**
     * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);

    /**
     * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);

    /**
     * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
     */
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);

    /**
     * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);

    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);

    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @notice Returns true if an address has registered
     */
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
     */
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}

File 65 of 66 : OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "../IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @title  OperatorFiltererUpgradeable
 * @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another
 *         registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry when the init function is called.
 * @dev    This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following:
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods.
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFiltererUpgradeable is Initializable {
    /// @notice Emitted when an operator is not allowed.
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);

    IOperatorFilterRegistry constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);

    /// @dev The upgradeable initialize function that should be called when the contract is being upgraded.
    function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe)
        internal
        onlyInitializing
    {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isRegistered(address(this))) {
                if (subscribe) {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                    } else {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
        // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
        // from an EOA.
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            _checkFilterOperator(msg.sender);
        }
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator approval is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        _checkFilterOperator(operator);
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed.
     */
    function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or
            // upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave
            // differently
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
    }
}

File 66 of 66 : RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {OperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "./OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title  Upgradeable storage layout for RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.
 * @notice Upgradeable contracts must use a storage layout that can be used across upgrades.
 *         Only append new variables to the end of the layout.
 */
library RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage {
    struct Layout {
        /// @dev Whether the OperatorFilterRegistry has been revoked.
        bool _isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked;
    }

    /// @dev The storage slot for the layout.
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256("RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.contracts.storage");

    /// @dev The layout of the storage.
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

/**
 * @title  RevokableOperatorFilterer
 * @notice This contract is meant to allow contracts to permanently opt out of the OperatorFilterRegistry. The Registry
 *         itself has an "unregister" function, but if the contract is ownable, the owner can re-register at any point.
 *         As implemented, this abstract contract allows the contract owner to toggle the
 *         isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked flag in order to permanently bypass the OperatorFilterRegistry checks.
 */
abstract contract RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeable is OperatorFiltererUpgradeable {
    using RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage for RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.Layout;

    error OnlyOwner();
    error AlreadyRevoked();

    event OperatorFilterRegistryRevoked();

    function __RevokableOperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) internal {
        OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.__OperatorFilterer_init(subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, subscribe);
    }

    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed.
     */
    function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual override {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (
            !RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked
                && address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0
        ) {
            // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or
            // upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave
            // differently
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Disable the isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked flag. OnlyOwner.
     */
    function revokeOperatorFilterRegistry() external {
        if (msg.sender != owner()) {
            revert OnlyOwner();
        }
        if (RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked) {
            revert AlreadyRevoked();
        }
        RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked = true;
        emit OperatorFilterRegistryRevoked();
    }

    function isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked() public view returns (bool) {
        return RevokableOperatorFiltererUpgradeableStorage.layout()._isOperatorFilterRegistryRevoked;
    }

    /**
     * @dev assume the contract has an owner, but leave specific Ownable implementation up to inheriting contract
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address);
}

Settings
{
  "optimizer": {
    "enabled": true,
    "runs": 10000
  },
  "outputSelection": {
    "*": {
      "*": [
        "evm.bytecode",
        "evm.deployedBytecode",
        "devdoc",
        "userdoc",
        "metadata",
        "abi"
      ]
    }
  }
}

Contract Security Audit

Contract ABI

[{"inputs":[{"internalType":"string","name":"_name","type":"string"},{"internalType":"string","name":"_symbol","type":"string"},{"internalType":"address","name":"_addressRelay","type":"address"},{"internalType":"address","name":"_implementation","type":"address"},{"components":[{"internalType":"bool","name":"publicSaleActive","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"usePublicSaleTimes","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"presaleActive","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"usePresaleTimes","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"soulbindingActive","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"randomHashActive","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"enforceRoyalties","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"bool","name":"heyMintFeeActive","type":"bool"},{"internalType":"uint8","name":"publicMintsAllowedPerAddress","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint8","name":"presaleMintsAllowedPerAddress","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint8","name":"publicMintsAllowedPerTransaction","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint8","name":"presaleMintsAllowedPerTransaction","type":"uint8"},{"internalType":"uint16","name":"maxSupply","type":"uint16"},{"internalType":"uint16","name":"presaleMaxSupply","type":"uint16"},{"internalType":"uint16","name":"royaltyBps","type":"uint16"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"publicPrice","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"presalePrice","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint24","name":"projectId","type":"uint24"},{"internalType":"string","name":"uriBase","type":"string"},{"internalType":"address","name":"presaleSignerAddress","type":"address"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"publicSaleStartTime","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"publicSaleEndTime","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"presaleStartTime","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"presaleEndTime","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"fundingEndsAt","type":"uint32"},{"internalType":"uint32","name":"fundingTarget","type":"uint32"}],"internalType":"struct BaseConfig","name":"_baseConfig","type":"tuple"}],"stateMutability":"nonpayable","type":"constructor"},{"stateMutability":"payable","type":"fallback"},{"stateMutability":"payable","type":"receive"}]

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

Deployed Bytecode

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

Constructor Arguments (ABI-Encoded and is the last bytes of the Contract Creation Code above)

00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000a000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000e00000000000000000000000002bf64b3eded9dda6a83068fbc4e6ba91028a6917000000000000000000000000c1e97d3fc2810577289ee35e895a4f0e5948170000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000008456d707479626f74000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000445424f54000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002774000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001f400000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000386c0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000340000000000000000000000000adfc0656340770b0379a975f7d92a2eb9d10146b0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000043697066733a2f2f626166796265696769727935326b6163776c68376166353235636b79356f7532666b77686a78707a6177746733796a7633696174336d646f3764712f0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000

-----Decoded View---------------
Arg [0] : _name (string): Emptybot
Arg [1] : _symbol (string): EBOT
Arg [2] : _addressRelay (address): 0x2bf64b3eDeD9DDa6A83068fbC4e6ba91028a6917
Arg [3] : _implementation (address): 0xC1e97d3FC2810577289EE35E895a4f0E59481700
Arg [4] : _baseConfig (tuple): System.Collections.Generic.List`1[Nethereum.ABI.FunctionEncoding.ParameterOutput]

-----Encoded View---------------
39 Constructor Arguments found :
Arg [0] : 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000a0
Arg [1] : 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000e0
Arg [2] : 0000000000000000000000002bf64b3eded9dda6a83068fbc4e6ba91028a6917
Arg [3] : 000000000000000000000000c1e97d3fc2810577289ee35e895a4f0e59481700
Arg [4] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000120
Arg [5] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000008
Arg [6] : 456d707479626f74000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [7] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004
Arg [8] : 45424f5400000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [9] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [10] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [11] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [12] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [13] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [14] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [15] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001
Arg [16] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001
Arg [17] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [18] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [19] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [20] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [21] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002774
Arg [22] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [23] : 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001f4
Arg [24] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [25] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [26] : 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000386c
Arg [27] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000340
Arg [28] : 000000000000000000000000adfc0656340770b0379a975f7d92a2eb9d10146b
Arg [29] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [30] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [31] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [32] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [33] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [34] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
Arg [35] : 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000043
Arg [36] : 697066733a2f2f626166796265696769727935326b6163776c68376166353235
Arg [37] : 636b79356f7532666b77686a78707a6177746733796a7633696174336d646f37
Arg [38] : 64712f0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000


Block Transaction Difficulty Gas Used Reward
View All Blocks Produced

Block Uncle Number Difficulty Gas Used Reward
View All Uncles
Loading...
Loading
Loading...
Loading

Validator Index Block Amount
View All Withdrawals

Transaction Hash Block Value Eth2 PubKey Valid
View All Deposits
Loading...
Loading
[ Download: CSV Export  ]
[ Download: CSV Export  ]

A contract address hosts a smart contract, which is a set of code stored on the blockchain that runs when predetermined conditions are met. Learn more about addresses in our Knowledge Base.